10-Q 1 fhlb_boston-10qjune302012.htm FORM 10-Q FHLB_Boston-10Q June 30, 2012


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 10-Q 
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
 
x
QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the quarterly period ended June 30, 2012
OR
o
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
Commission File Number: 000-51402 
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF BOSTON
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 
 
Federally chartered corporation
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 
04-6002575
(I.R.S. employer identification number)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
800 Boylston Street
Boston, MA
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
02199
(Zip code)
 
 (617) 292-9600
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. x Yes  o No
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). x Yes  o No
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer o
 
Accelerated filer o
Non-accelerated filer x
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
Smaller reporting company o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  o Yes  x No 

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer's classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.
 
 
 
Shares outstanding
as of July 31, 2012
Class A Stock, par value $100
 
zero
Class B Stock, par value $100
 
36,405,821



Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston
Form 10-Q
Table of Contents


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 



2


PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

ITEM 1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF BOSTON
STATEMENTS OF CONDITION
(dollars and shares in thousands, except par value)
(unaudited)
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
ASSETS
 
 
 
Cash and due from banks
$
473,209

 
$
112,094

Interest-bearing deposits
250

 
177

Securities purchased under agreements to resell
6,000,000

 
6,900,000

Federal funds sold
1,000,000

 
2,270,000

Investment securities:
 
 
 

Trading securities
275,741

 
274,164

Available-for-sale securities - includes $9,420 and $119,118 pledged as collateral at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively that may be repledged
6,093,509

 
5,280,199

Held-to-maturity securities - includes $109,518 and $128,073 pledged as collateral at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively that may be repledged (a)
5,994,444

 
6,655,008

Total investment securities
12,363,694

 
12,209,371

Advances
26,456,739

 
25,194,898

Mortgage loans held for portfolio, net of allowance for credit losses of $6,114 and $7,800 at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively
3,311,457

 
3,109,223

Accrued interest receivable
108,230

 
116,517

Premises, software, and equipment, net
3,994

 
4,518

Derivative assets, net
103

 
16,521

Other assets
45,551

 
35,018

Total Assets
$
49,763,227

 
$
49,968,337

LIABILITIES
 

 
 

Deposits:
 

 
 

Interest-bearing
$
644,234

 
$
627,127

Non-interest-bearing
24,602

 
27,119

Total deposits
668,836

 
654,246

Consolidated obligations:
 
 
 

Bonds
27,622,744

 
29,879,460

Discount notes
16,610,160

 
14,651,793

Total consolidated obligations
44,232,904

 
44,531,253

Mandatorily redeemable capital stock
215,863

 
227,429

Accrued interest payable
107,312

 
110,782

Affordable Housing Program (AHP) payable
43,105

 
34,241

Derivative liabilities, net
954,653

 
905,304

Other liabilities
156,300

 
16,048

Total liabilities
46,378,973

 
46,479,303

Commitments and contingencies (Note 18)


 


CAPITAL
 

 
 

Capital stock – Class B – putable ($100 par value), 34,209 shares and 36,253 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively
3,420,870

 
3,625,348

Retained earnings:
 
 
 
Unrestricted
448,330

 
375,158

Restricted
43,496

 
22,939

Total retained earnings
491,826

 
398,097

Accumulated other comprehensive loss
(528,442
)
 
(534,411
)
Total capital
3,384,254

 
3,489,034

Total Liabilities and Capital
$
49,763,227

 
$
49,968,337

_______________________________________
(a)   Fair values of held-to-maturity securities were $6,079,552 and $6,663,066 at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

3


FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF BOSTON
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(dollars in thousands)
(unaudited)
 
For the Three Months Ended June 30,
 
For the Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
INTEREST INCOME
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Advances
$
72,967

 
$
83,019

 
$
152,486

 
$
169,507

Prepayment fees on advances, net
28,172

 
10,134

 
32,474

 
11,327

Securities purchased under agreements to resell
2,425

 
405

 
4,614

 
945

Federal funds sold
517

 
1,357

 
1,028

 
3,758

Trading securities
2,536

 
4,839

 
5,086

 
10,236

Available-for-sale securities
17,348

 
15,863

 
31,763

 
34,051

Held-to-maturity securities
37,665

 
40,901

 
76,388

 
80,829

Prepayment fees on investments
115

 
535

 
202

 
549

Mortgage loans held for portfolio
34,548

 
37,855

 
69,313

 
76,189

Other
1

 
1

 
1

 
1

Total interest income
196,294

 
194,909

 
373,355

 
387,392

INTEREST EXPENSE
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated obligations - bonds
103,532

 
115,990

 
210,359

 
236,116

Consolidated obligations - discount notes
2,913

 
2,123

 
4,496

 
7,262

Deposits
13

 
73

 
31

 
202

Mandatorily redeemable capital stock
284

 
133

 
574

 
269

Other borrowings

 
1

 
1

 
3

Total interest expense
106,742

 
118,320

 
215,461

 
243,852

NET INTEREST INCOME
89,552

 
76,589

 
157,894

 
143,540

Reduction of provision for credit losses
(383
)
 
(1,509
)
 
(1,534
)
 
(1,458
)
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER REDUCTION OF PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES
89,935

 
78,098

 
159,428

 
144,998

OTHER INCOME (LOSS)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total other-than-temporary impairment losses on investment securities
(5,763
)
 
(16,859
)
 
(12,141
)
 
(23,646
)
Net amount of impairment losses reclassified to (from) accumulated other comprehensive loss
4,271

 
(18,935
)
 
7,689

 
(42,732
)
Net other-than-temporary impairment losses on investment securities, credit portion
(1,492
)
 
(35,794
)
 
(4,452
)
 
(66,378
)
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
(12,001
)
 

 
(12,001
)
 

Service fees
1,492

 
2,412

 
2,991

 
4,457

Net unrealized gains on trading securities
5,720

 
5,853

 
3,622

 
3,956

Net losses on derivatives and hedging activities
(8,162
)
 
(7,874
)
 
(6,423
)
 
(6,053
)
Realized net gain from sale of available-for-sale securities

 
4,432

 

 
12,801

Other
2,420

 
184

 
2,525

 
338

Total other loss
(12,023
)
 
(30,787
)
 
(13,738
)
 
(50,879
)
OTHER EXPENSE
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Compensation and benefits
8,446

 
8,084

 
17,318

 
16,255

Other operating expenses
4,810

 
4,943

 
9,062

 
9,318

Federal Housing Finance Agency
1,074

 
1,162

 
2,399

 
2,460

Office of Finance
736

 
551

 
1,441

 
1,491

Other
605

 
3,063

 
1,197

 
3,599

Total other expense
15,671

 
17,803

 
31,417

 
33,123

INCOME BEFORE ASSESSMENTS
62,241

 
29,508

 
114,273

 
60,996

AHP
6,253

 
2,435

 
11,485

 
5,019

Resolution Funding Corporation (REFCorp)

 
5,297

 

 
11,078

Total assessments
6,253

 
7,732

 
11,485

 
16,097

NET INCOME
$
55,988

 
$
21,776

 
$
102,788

 
$
44,899

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

4


FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF BOSTON
STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
THREE AND SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2012 and 2011
(dollars in thousands)
(unaudited)
 
 
For the Three Months Ended
June 30,
 
For the Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Net income
 
$
55,988

 
$
21,776

 
$
102,788

 
$
44,899

Other comprehensive income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net unrealized (losses) gains on available-for-sale securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net unrealized (losses) gains
 
(2,731
)
 
21,205

 
(1,882
)
 
24,837

Reclassification adjustment for realized gains included in net income
 

 
(4,432
)
 

 
(12,801
)
Total net unrealized (losses) gains on available-for-sale securities
 
(2,731
)
 
16,773

 
(1,882
)
 
12,036

Net noncredit portion of other-than-temporary impairment losses on held-to-maturity securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noncredit portion
 
(4,553
)
 
(6,653
)
 
(8,918
)
 
(11,679
)
Reclassification adjustment for noncredit portion of other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized as credit losses included in net income
 
282

 
25,588

 
1,229

 
54,411

Accretion of noncredit portion
 
18,223

 
41,920

 
38,293

 
89,909

Total net noncredit portion of other-than-temporary impairment losses on held-to-maturity securities
 
13,952

 
60,855

 
30,604

 
132,641

Net unrealized (losses) gains relating to hedging activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealized losses
 
(19,424
)
 
(1,685
)
 
(22,426
)
 
(1,685
)
Reclassification adjustment for previously deferred hedging gains and losses included in net income
 
4

 
4

 
7

 
7

Total net unrealized losses relating to hedging activities
 
(19,420
)
 
(1,681
)
 
(22,419
)
 
(1,678
)
Pension and postretirement benefits
 
(410
)
 
(174
)
 
(334
)
 
(149
)
Total other comprehensive (loss) income
 
(8,609
)
 
75,773

 
5,969

 
142,850

Total comprehensive income
 
$
47,379

 
$
97,549

 
$
108,757

 
$
187,749


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

5



FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF BOSTON
STATEMENTS OF CAPITAL
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2012 AND 2011
(dollars and shares in thousands)
(unaudited)
 
 
Capital Stock
Class B – Putable
 
Retained Earnings
 
Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Loss
 
 
 
Shares
 
Par Value
 
Unrestricted
 
Restricted
 
Total
 
 
Total
Capital
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2010
36,644

 
$
3,664,425

 
$
249,191

 
$

 
$
249,191

 
$
(638,111
)
 
$
3,275,505

Proceeds from sale of capital stock
487

 
48,697

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
48,697

Shares reclassified to mandatorily redeemable capital stock
(1,408
)
 
(140,821
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(140,821
)
Comprehensive income
 
 
 
 
44,899

 

 
44,899

 
142,850

 
187,749

Cash dividends on capital stock
 
 
 
 
(5,570
)
 
 
 
(5,570
)
 
 
 
(5,570
)
BALANCE, JUNE 30, 2011
35,723

 
$
3,572,301

 
$
288,520

 
$

 
$
288,520

 
$
(495,261
)
 
$
3,365,560

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2011
36,253

 
$
3,625,348

 
$
375,158

 
$
22,939

 
$
398,097

 
$
(534,411
)
 
$
3,489,034

Proceeds from sale of capital stock
340

 
33,948

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
33,948

Repurchase of capital stock
(2,374
)
 
(237,412
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(237,412
)
Shares reclassified to mandatorily redeemable capital stock
(10
)
 
(1,014
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1,014
)
Comprehensive income
 
 
 
 
82,231

 
20,557

 
102,788

 
5,969

 
108,757

Cash dividends on capital stock
 
 
 
 
(9,059
)
 
 
 
(9,059
)
 
 
 
(9,059
)
BALANCE, JUNE 30, 2012
34,209

 
$
3,420,870

 
$
448,330

 
$
43,496

 
$
491,826

 
$
(528,442
)
 
$
3,384,254



The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.





6


FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF BOSTON
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(dollars in thousands)
(unaudited)
 
For the Six Months Ended
 June 30,
 
2012
 
2011
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 

 
 

Net income
$
102,788

 
$
44,899

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 

 
 
Depreciation and amortization
(10,565
)
 
(637
)
Reduction of provision for credit losses
(1,534
)
 
(1,458
)
Change in net fair-value adjustments on derivatives and hedging activities
96,468

 
32,277

Net other-than-temporary impairment losses on investment securities, credit portion
4,452

 
66,378

Loss on early extinguishment of debt
12,001

 

Realized net gain from sale of available-for-sale securities

 
(12,801
)
Other adjustments
(119
)
 
(313
)
Net change in:
 

 
 
Market value of trading securities
(3,622
)
 
(3,956
)
Accrued interest receivable
8,287

 
20,586

Other assets
(5,154
)
 
424

Accrued interest payable
(3,472
)
 
(9,925
)
Other liabilities
15,667

 
21,041

Total adjustments
112,409

 
111,616

Net cash provided by operating activities
215,197

 
156,515

 
 
 
 
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 

 
 

Net change in:
 

 
 

Interest-bearing deposits
(73
)
 
(54
)
Securities purchased under agreements to resell
900,000

 
425,000

Federal funds sold
1,270,000

 
2,935,000

Premises, software, and equipment
(398
)
 
(950
)
Trading securities:
 

 
 

Net decrease in short-term

 
675,000

Proceeds from long-term
2,045

 
2,281

Available-for-sale securities:
 

 
 

Proceeds from long-term
769,977

 
2,380,184

Purchases of long-term
(1,454,937
)
 
(492,011
)
Held-to-maturity securities:
 

 
 

Proceeds from long-term
685,471

 
720,580

Purchases of long-term

 
(1,407,534
)
Advances to members:
 

 
 

Proceeds
63,346,246

 
82,223,938

Disbursements
(64,658,859
)
 
(80,442,889
)
Mortgage loans held for portfolio:
 

 
 

Proceeds
400,133

 
331,514

Purchases
(610,394
)
 
(226,289
)
Proceeds from sale of foreclosed assets
5,078

 
4,992

Net cash provided by investing activities
654,289

 
7,128,762

 
 
 
 
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 

 
 

Net change in deposits
(4,705
)
 
(1,770
)
Net payments on derivatives with a financing element
(20,196
)
 
(16,027
)

7


Net proceeds from issuance of consolidated obligations:
 

 
 

Discount notes
74,033,916

 
383,742,037

Bonds
4,705,507

 
6,735,069

Payments for maturing and retiring consolidated obligations:
 

 
 

Discount notes
(72,075,974
)
 
(390,212,465
)
Bonds
(6,921,816
)
 
(6,954,500
)
Proceeds from issuance of capital stock
33,948

 
48,697

Payments for redemption of mandatorily redeemable capital stock
(12,580
)
 
(3,469
)
Payments for repurchase of capital stock
(237,412
)
 

Cash dividends paid
(9,059
)
 
(5,570
)
Net cash used in financing activities
(508,371
)
 
(6,667,998
)
Net increase in cash and due from banks
361,115

 
617,279

Cash and due from banks at beginning of the year
112,094

 
6,151

Cash and due from banks at period end
$
473,209

 
$
623,430

Supplemental disclosures:
 
 
 
Interest paid
$
251,461

 
$
276,641

AHP payments
$
1,503

 
$
3,038

REFCorp assessments refunded, net
$

 
$
(7,809
)
Noncash transfers of mortgage loans held for portfolio to real estate owned (REO)
$
5,814

 
$
6,584


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. 

8


FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF BOSTON
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP) for interim financial information. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete annual financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments considered necessary have been included. All such adjustments consist of normal recurring accruals. The presentation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2012. The unaudited financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston's audited financial statements and related notes in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC) on March 23, 2012 (the 2011 Annual Report). Unless otherwise indicated or the context requires otherwise, all references in this discussion to “the Bank,” "we," "us," "our," or similar references mean the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston.

Note 2 — Recently Issued Accounting Standards and Interpretations
 
Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities. On December 16, 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the FASB) and the International Accounting Standards Board (the IASB) issued common disclosure requirements intended to help investors and other financial statement users better assess the effect or potential effect of offsetting arrangements on a company's financial position, whether a company's financial statements are prepared on the basis of GAAP or International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). This guidance will require us to disclose both gross and net information about financial instruments, including derivative instruments, which are either offset on our statement of condition or subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement. This guidance will be effective for interim and annual periods beginning on January 1, 2013, and will be applied retrospectively for all comparative periods presented. The adoption of this guidance will result in increased interim and annual financial statement disclosures, but will not affect our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

Presentation of Comprehensive Income. On June 16, 2011, the FASB issued guidance to increase the prominence of other comprehensive income in financial statements. This guidance requires an entity that reports items of other comprehensive income to present comprehensive income in either a single financial statement or in two consecutive financial statements. In a single continuous statement, an entity is required to present the components of net income and total net income, the components of other comprehensive income, and a total for other comprehensive income, as well as a total for comprehensive income. In a two-statement approach, an entity is required to present the components of net income and total net income in its statement of net income. The statement of other comprehensive income should follow immediately and include the components of other comprehensive income as well as totals for both other comprehensive income and comprehensive income. This guidance eliminates the option to present other comprehensive income in the statement of changes in stockholders' equity. We have elected the two-statement approach for interim and annual periods beginning on January 1, 2012, and we have applied this guidance retrospectively for all periods presented. The adoption of this guidance is limited to the presentation of our interim and annual financial statements and did not affect our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows. See Note 15 — Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss for disclosures required under this amended guidance.

On December 23, 2011, the FASB issued guidance to defer the effective date of the new requirement to present
reclassifications of items out of accumulated other comprehensive income in the income statement. This guidance was effective
for interim and annual periods beginning on January 1, 2012. We adopted the remaining guidance contained in the new accounting standard for the presentation of comprehensive income.

Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in GAAP and IFRS. On May 12, 2011, the FASB and the IASB issued substantially converged guidance on fair-value measurement and disclosure requirements. This guidance clarifies how fair value accounting should be applied where its use is already required or permitted by other guidance within GAAP or IFRS. These amendments do not require additional fair-value measurements. This guidance generally represents clarifications to the application of existing fair-value measurement and disclosure requirements, as well as some instances where a particular principle or requirement for measuring fair value or disclosing information about fair-value measurements has changed. This guidance became effective for interim and annual periods beginning on January 1, 2012, and will be applied prospectively. The adoption of this guidance resulted in additional interim and annual financial statement disclosures, but did not have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows. See Note 17 — Fair Value for disclosures under this

9


amended guidance.

Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements. On April 29, 2011, the FASB issued guidance to improve the accounting for repurchase agreements and other agreements that both entitle and obligate a transferor to repurchase or redeem financial assets before their maturity. This guidance amends the existing criteria for determining whether or not a transferor has retained effective control over financial assets transferred under a repurchase agreement. A secured borrowing is recorded when effective control over the transferred financial assets is maintained while a sale is recorded when effective control over the transferred financial assets has not been maintained. The new guidance removes from the assessment of effective control: (1) the criterion requiring the transferor to have the ability to repurchase or redeem financial assets before their maturity on substantially the agreed terms, even in the event of the transferee's default, and (2) the collateral maintenance implementation guidance related to that criterion. This guidance was effective for interim and annual periods beginning on January 1, 2012, and was applied prospectively to transactions or modifications of existing transactions that occurred on or after the effective date. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

Recently Issued Regulatory Guidance

Framework for Adversely Classifying Loans, Other Real Estate Owned, and Other Assets and Listing Assets for Special Mention. On April 9, 2012, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (the Finance Agency) issued Advisory Bulletin 2012-02, Framework for Adversely Classifying Loans, Other Real Estate Owned, and Other Assets and Listing Assets for Special Mention (AB 2012-02). AB 2012-02 establishes a standard and uniform methodology for classifying certain assets other than investment securities, and prescribes the timing of asset charge-offs based on these classifications. The guidance in AB 2012-02 is generally consistent with the Uniform Retail Credit Classification and Account Management Policy issued by the federal banking regulators in June 2000. AB 2012-02 states that it was effective upon issuance. The FHLBanks are currently assessing the provisions of AB 2012-02 in coordination with the Finance Agency and therefore, we have not yet determined either when we will implement the guidance or its effect on our financial condition results of operations, and cash flows.

Note 3 — Trading Securities
 
Major Security Types. Our trading securities as of June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, were (dollars in thousands):
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
Mortgage-backed-securities (MBS)
 

 
 
United States (U.S.) government-guaranteed – residential
$
17,880

 
$
18,880

Government sponsored enterprises (GSEs) – residential
5,803

 
6,663

GSEs – commercial
252,058

 
248,621

Total
$
275,741

 
$
274,164


Net unrealized gains on trading securities for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, amounted to $3.6 million and $4.0 million for securities held on June 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

We do not participate in speculative trading practices and typically hold these investments over a longer time horizon.

Note 4 — Available-for-Sale Securities
 
Major Security Types. Our available-for-sale securities as of June 30, 2012, were (dollars in thousands):
 

10


 
 
 
Amounts Recorded in
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Loss
 
 
 
Amortized
Cost (1)
 
Unrealized
Gains
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
 Value
Supranational institutions
$
511,829

 
$

 
$
(39,552
)
 
$
472,277

Corporate bonds (2)
358,935

 
725

 

 
359,660

U.S. government-owned corporations
343,752

 

 
(52,981
)
 
290,771

GSEs
2,340,036

 
39,399

 
(19,969
)
 
2,359,466

 
3,554,552

 
40,124

 
(112,502
)
 
3,482,174

MBS
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

U.S. government guaranteed – residential
80,202

 
378

 

 
80,580

GSEs – residential
2,406,764

 
21,562

 
(37
)
 
2,428,289

GSEs – commercial
102,433

 
33

 

 
102,466

 
2,589,399

 
21,973

 
(37
)
 
2,611,335

Total
$
6,143,951

 
$
62,097

 
$
(112,539
)
 
$
6,093,509

_______________________
(1)         Amortized cost of available-for-sale securities includes adjustments made to the cost basis of an investment for accretion, amortization, collection of cash, and fair-value hedge accounting adjustments.
(2)
Consists of corporate debentures guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the FDIC) under the FDIC's Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. The FDIC guarantee carries the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

Our available-for-sale securities as of December 31, 2011, were (dollars in thousands):
 
 
 
 
Amounts Recorded in
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Loss
 
 
 
Amortized
Cost (1)
 
Unrealized
Gains
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
 Value
Supranational institutions
$
504,630

 
$

 
$
(35,388
)
 
$
469,242

Corporate bonds (2)
561,942

 
2,370

 

 
564,312

U.S. government-owned corporations
338,169

 

 
(53,325
)
 
284,844

GSEs
2,750,131

 
52,020

 
(19,730
)
 
2,782,421

 
4,154,872

 
54,390

 
(108,443
)
 
4,100,819

MBS
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

U.S. government guaranteed – residential
90,882

 
346

 

 
91,228

GSEs – residential
978,998

 
5,810

 

 
984,808

GSEs – commercial
104,007

 

 
(663
)
 
103,344

 
1,173,887

 
6,156

 
(663
)
 
1,179,380

Total
$
5,328,759

 
$
60,546

 
$
(109,106
)
 
$
5,280,199

_______________________
(1)         Amortized cost of available-for-sale securities includes adjustments made to the cost basis of an investment for accretion, amortization, collection of cash, and fair-value hedge accounting adjustments.
(2)         Consists of corporate debentures guaranteed by the FDIC under the FDIC's Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. The FDIC guarantee carries the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

As of June 30, 2012, the amortized cost of our available-for-sale securities included net premiums of $83.8 million. Of that amount, $65.0 million of net premiums related to non-MBS and $18.8 million of net premiums related to MBS. As of December 31, 2011, the amortized cost of our available-for-sale securities included net premiums of $77.2 million. Of that amount, $81.0 million of net premiums related to non-MBS and $3.8 million of net discounts related to MBS.

At June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, 21.0 percent and 25.4 percent, respectively, of our fixed-rate available-for-sale securities were swapped to a floating rate.

The following table summarizes our available-for-sale securities with unrealized losses as of June 30, 2012, which are aggregated by major security type and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss

11


position (dollars in thousands): 
 
Less than 12 Months
 
12 Months or More
 
Total
 
Fair
 Value
 
Unrealized
 Losses
 
Fair
 Value
 
Unrealized
 Losses
 
Fair
 Value
 
Unrealized
 Losses
Supranational institutions
$

 
$

 
$
472,277

 
$
(39,552
)
 
$
472,277

 
$
(39,552
)
U.S. government-owned corporations

 

 
290,771

 
(52,981
)
 
290,771

 
(52,981
)
GSEs

 

 
123,079

 
(19,969
)
 
123,079

 
(19,969
)
 

 

 
886,127

 
(112,502
)
 
886,127

 
(112,502
)
MBS
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

GSEs – residential
149,292

 
(37
)
 

 

 
149,292

 
(37
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total temporarily impaired
$
149,292

 
$
(37
)
 
$
886,127

 
$
(112,502
)
 
$
1,035,419

 
$
(112,539
)

The following table summarizes our available-for-sale securities with unrealized losses as of December 31, 2011, which are aggregated by major security type and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position (dollars in thousands):
 
 
Less than 12 Months
 
12 Months or More
 
Total
 
Fair
 Value
 
Unrealized
 Losses
 
Fair
 Value
 
Unrealized
 Losses
 
Fair
 Value
 
Unrealized
 Losses
Supranational institutions
$

 
$

 
$
469,242

 
$
(35,388
)
 
$
469,242

 
$
(35,388
)
U.S. government-owned corporations

 

 
284,844

 
(53,325
)
 
284,844

 
(53,325
)
GSEs

 

 
121,025

 
(19,730
)
 
121,025

 
(19,730
)
 

 

 
875,111

 
(108,443
)
 
875,111

 
(108,443
)
MBS
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

GSEs – commercial

 

 
103,344

 
(663
)
 
103,344

 
(663
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total temporarily impaired
$

 
$

 
$
978,455

 
$
(109,106
)
 
$
978,455

 
$
(109,106
)
 
Redemption Terms. The amortized cost and fair value of our available-for-sale securities by contractual maturity at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, were (dollars in thousands):
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
Year of Maturity
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair
 Value
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair
 Value
Due in one year or less
$
1,206,568

 
$
1,213,074

 
$
1,213,636

 
$
1,217,440

Due after one year through five years
1,349,354

 
1,382,972

 
1,957,683

 
2,008,268

Due after five years through 10 years

 

 

 

Due after 10 years
998,630

 
886,128

 
983,553

 
875,111

 
3,554,552

 
3,482,174

 
4,154,872

 
4,100,819

MBS (1)
2,589,399

 
2,611,335

 
1,173,887

 
1,179,380

Total
$
6,143,951

 
$
6,093,509

 
$
5,328,759

 
$
5,280,199

_______________________
(1)
MBS are not presented by contractual maturity because their expected maturities will likely differ from contractual maturities because borrowers of the underlying loans may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment fees.

Sale of Available-for-Sale Securities. The following table shows the proceeds from sale and gross gains and losses realized on the sale of our available-for-sale securities (dollars in thousands):

12


 
For the Three Months Ended June 30,
 
For the Six Months Ended June 30,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Proceeds from sale of available-for-sale securities
$

 
$
749,172

 
$

 
$
2,127,944

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross realized gains from sale of available-for-sale securities
$

 
$
6,046

 
$

 
$
14,415

Gross realized losses from sale of available-for-sale securities

 
(1,614
)
 

 
(1,614
)
Net realized gains from sale of available-for-sale securities
$

 
$
4,432

 
$

 
$
12,801


Note 5 — Held-to-Maturity Securities
 
Major Security Types. Our held-to-maturity securities as of June 30, 2012, were (dollars in thousands):
 
 
Amortized Cost
 
Other-Than-
Temporary
Impairment
Recognized in
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
 
Carrying
Value
 
Gross
Unrecognized
Holding
Gains
 
Gross
Unrecognized
Holding
Losses
 
Fair Value
U.S. agency obligations
$
15,807

 
$

 
$
15,807

 
$
1,504

 
$

 
$
17,311

State or local housing-finance-agency obligations (HFA securities)
198,503

 

 
198,503

 
62

 
(32,883
)
 
165,682

GSEs
70,103

 

 
70,103

 
2,049

 

 
72,152

 
284,413

 

 
284,413

 
3,615

 
(32,883
)
 
255,145

MBS
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

U.S. government guaranteed – residential
44,467

 

 
44,467

 
960

 

 
45,427

U.S. government guaranteed – commercial
466,976

 

 
466,976

 
7,111

 

 
474,087

GSEs – residential
2,693,165

 

 
2,693,165

 
80,133

 
(676
)
 
2,772,622

GSEs – commercial
1,102,463

 

 
1,102,463

 
86,829

 

 
1,189,292

Private-label – residential
1,786,104

 
(419,165
)
 
1,366,939

 
41,962

 
(97,553
)
 
1,311,348

Private-label – commercial
10,549

 

 
10,549

 
486

 

 
11,035

Asset-backed securities (ABS) backed by home equity loans
26,699

 
(1,227
)
 
25,472

 
195

 
(5,071
)
 
20,596

 
6,130,423

 
(420,392
)
 
5,710,031

 
217,676

 
(103,300
)
 
5,824,407

Total
$
6,414,836

 
$
(420,392
)
 
$
5,994,444

 
$
221,291

 
$
(136,183
)
 
$
6,079,552


Our held-to-maturity securities as of December 31, 2011, were (dollars in thousands):

13


 
Amortized Cost
 
Other-Than-
Temporary
Impairment
Recognized in
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
 
Carrying
Value
 
Gross
Unrecognized
Holding
Gains
 
Gross
Unrecognized
Holding
Losses
 
Fair Value
U.S. agency obligations
$
18,721

 
$

 
$
18,721

 
$
1,697

 
$

 
$
20,418

HFA securities
202,438

 

 
202,438

 
61

 
(34,459
)
 
168,040

GSEs
70,950

 

 
70,950

 
2,510

 

 
73,460

 
292,109

 

 
292,109

 
4,268

 
(34,459
)
 
261,918

MBS
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

U.S. government guaranteed – residential
50,912

 

 
50,912

 
934

 

 
51,846

U.S. government guaranteed – commercial
483,938

 

 
483,938

 
4,685

 

 
488,623

GSEs – residential
3,024,212

 

 
3,024,212

 
78,548

 
(1,105
)
 
3,101,655

GSEs – commercial
1,247,688

 

 
1,247,688

 
86,252

 

 
1,333,940

Private-label – residential
1,969,237

 
(449,654
)
 
1,519,583

 
18,789

 
(145,285
)
 
1,393,087

Private-label – commercial
10,541

 

 
10,541

 
549

 

 
11,090

ABS backed by home equity loans
27,367

 
(1,342
)
 
26,025

 
128

 
(5,246
)
 
20,907

 
6,813,895

 
(450,996
)
 
6,362,899

 
189,885

 
(151,636
)
 
6,401,148

Total
$
7,106,004

 
$
(450,996
)
 
$
6,655,008

 
$
194,153

 
$
(186,095
)
 
$
6,663,066


As of June 30, 2012, the amortized cost of our held-to-maturity securities included net discounts of $515.2 million. Of that amount, net premiums of $2.8 million related to non-MBS and net discounts of $518.0 million related to MBS. As of December 31, 2011, the amortized cost of our held-to-maturity securities included net discounts of $536.4 million. Of that amount, net premiums of $3.6 million related to non-MBS and net discounts of $540.0 million related to MBS.

The following table summarizes our held-to-maturity securities with unrealized losses as of June 30, 2012, which are aggregated by major security type and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position (dollars in thousands). 
 
Less than 12 Months
 
12 Months or More
 
Total
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
 Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
HFA securities
$
379

 
$
(1
)
 
$
150,343

 
$
(32,882
)
 
$
150,722

 
$
(32,883
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MBS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

GSEs – residential
41,253

 
(223
)
 
71,254

 
(453
)
 
112,507

 
(676
)
Private-label – residential
152

 
(66
)
 
1,300,719

 
(474,991
)
 
1,300,871

 
(475,057
)
ABS backed by home equity loans

 

 
19,914

 
(6,137
)
 
19,914

 
(6,137
)
 
41,405

 
(289
)
 
1,391,887

 
(481,581
)
 
1,433,292

 
(481,870
)
Total
$
41,784

 
$
(290
)
 
$
1,542,230

 
$
(514,463
)
 
$
1,584,014

 
$
(514,753
)

The following table summarizes our held-to-maturity securities with unrealized losses as of December 31, 2011, which are aggregated by major security type and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position (dollars in thousands). 

14


 
Less than 12 Months
 
12 Months or More
 
Total
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
 Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
HFA securities
$
418

 
$
(2
)
 
$
150,968

 
$
(34,457
)
 
$
151,386

 
$
(34,459
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MBS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

GSEs – residential
239,995

 
(558
)
 
41,723

 
(547
)
 
281,718

 
(1,105
)
Private-label – residential
18,922

 
(4,138
)
 
1,369,550

 
(572,326
)
 
1,388,472

 
(576,464
)
ABS backed by home equity loans

 

 
20,906

 
(6,463
)
 
20,906

 
(6,463
)
 
258,917

 
(4,696
)
 
1,432,179

 
(579,336
)
 
1,691,096

 
(584,032
)
Total
$
259,335

 
$
(4,698
)
 
$
1,583,147

 
$
(613,793
)
 
$
1,842,482

 
$
(618,491
)

Redemption Terms. The amortized cost and fair value of our held-to-maturity securities by contractual maturity at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, are shown below (dollars in thousands). Expected maturities of some securities and MBS may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers of the underlying loans may have the right to call or prepay their obligations with or without call or prepayment fees.
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
Year of Maturity
Amortized
Cost
 
Carrying
Value (1)
 
Fair
Value
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Carrying
Value (1)
 
Fair
Value
Due in one year or less
$
1,360

 
$
1,360

 
$
1,370

 
$
1,360

 
$
1,360

 
$
1,369

Due after one year through five years
70,483

 
70,483

 
72,530

 
71,370

 
71,370

 
73,878

Due after five years through 10 years
35,491

 
35,491

 
36,535

 
38,405

 
38,405

 
39,733

Due after 10 years
177,079

 
177,079

 
144,710

 
180,974

 
180,974

 
146,938

 
284,413

 
284,413

 
255,145

 
292,109

 
292,109

 
261,918

MBS (2)
6,130,423

 
5,710,031

 
5,824,407

 
6,813,895

 
6,362,899

 
6,401,148

Total
$
6,414,836

 
$
5,994,444

 
$
6,079,552

 
$
7,106,004

 
$
6,655,008

 
$
6,663,066

_______________________
(1)         Carrying value of held-to-maturity securities represents the sum of amortized cost and the amount of noncredit-related other-than-temporary impairment recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss.
(2)
MBS are not presented by contractual maturity because their expected maturities will likely differ from contractual maturities because borrowers of the underlying loans may have the right to call or prepay their obligations with or without call or prepayment fees.

Note 6 — Other-Than-Temporary Impairment

We evaluate our individual available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities for other-than-temporary impairment each quarter. As part of our evaluation of securities for other-than-temporary impairment, we consider whether we intend to sell each security for which fair value is less than amortized cost or whether it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before the anticipated recovery of the remaining amortized cost. If either of these conditions is met, we recognize an other-than-temporary impairment charge in earnings equal to the entire difference between the security's amortized cost basis and its fair value at the statement of condition date. For securities in an unrealized loss position that meet neither of these conditions and for all residential private-label MBS, we perform a cash-flow analysis to determine whether the entire amortized cost basis of these impaired securities, including all previously other-than-temporarily impaired securities, will be recovered. If we do not expect to recover the entire amount, the unrealized loss position is considered to be other-than-temporarily impaired. We evaluate the security's other-than-temporary impairment to determine the amount of credit loss to be recognized in earnings, which is limited to the amount of that security's unrealized loss.

In performing a detailed cash-flow analysis, we identify the best estimate of the cash flows expected to be collected. If this estimate results in a present value of expected cash flows (discounted at the security's effective yield) that is less than the amortized cost basis of a security (that is, a credit loss exists), other-than-temporary impairment is considered to have occurred. For determining the present value of variable-rate and hybrid private-label residential MBS, we use the effective interest rate derived from a variable-rate index, such as one-month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR), plus the contractual spread, plus or minus a fixed-spread adjustment when there is an existing discount or premium on the security. As the implied forward curve of a selected variable-rate index changes over time, the effective interest rates derived from that index will also change over time and would therefore impact the present value of the subject security.

15



Available-for-Sale Securities

As a result of these evaluations, we determined that none of our available-for-sale securities were other-than-temporarily impaired at June 30, 2012. At June 30, 2012, we held certain available-for-sale securities in an unrealized loss position. These unrealized losses reflect the impact of normal yield and spread fluctuations attendant with security markets. These losses are considered temporary as we expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis on these available-for-sale securities in an unrealized loss position and neither intend to sell these securities nor is it more likely than not that we will be required to sell these securities before the anticipated recovery of each security's remaining amortized cost basis. Additionally, there have been no shortfalls of principal or interest on any available-for-sale security. Regarding securities that were in an unrealized loss position as of June 30, 2012:
 
Debentures issued by a supranational institution that were in an unrealized loss position as of June 30, 2012, are expected to return contractual principal and interest, based on our review and analysis of independent third-party credit reports on the supranational institution, and such supranational institution is rated triple-A (or equivalent) by each of the nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (NRSROs).
 
Debentures issued by U.S. government corporations are not obligations of the U.S. government and not guaranteed by the U.S. government. However, these securities are rated at the same level as the U.S. government by the NRSROs. These ratings reflect the U.S. government's implicit support of the government corporation as well as the entity's underlying business and financial risk.
  
We have concluded that the probability of default on debt issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac) is remote given their status as GSEs and their support from the U.S. government. Further, MBS issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, which we sometimes refer to as agency MBS in this report, are backed by mortgage loans conforming with those GSEs' underwriting requirements and the GSEs' guarantees of the full return of principal and interest.

Held-to-Maturity Securities

HFA Securities. We have reviewed our investments in HFA securities and have determined that unrealized losses reflect the impact of normal market yield and spread fluctuations and illiquidity in the credit markets. We have determined that all unrealized losses are temporary given the creditworthiness of the issuers and the underlying collateral, including an assessment of past payment history (no shortfalls of principal or interest), property vacancy rates, debt service ratios, over-collateralization and other credit enhancement, and third-party bond insurance as applicable. As of June 30, 2012, none of our held-to-maturity investments in HFA securities were rated below investment grade by an NRSRO. Because the decline in market value is attributable to changes in interest rates and credit spreads and illiquidity in the credit markets and not to a significant deterioration in the fundamental credit quality of these obligations, and because we do not intend to sell the investments nor is it more likely than not that we will be required to sell the investments before recovery of the amortized cost basis, we do not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at June 30, 2012.
 
Agency MBS. For agency MBS, we determined that the strength of the issuers' guarantees through direct obligation or support from the U.S. government is sufficient to protect us from losses based on current expectations. Additionally, there have been no shortfalls of principal or interest on any security. As a result, we have determined that, as of June 30, 2012, all of the gross unrealized losses on such MBS are temporary. We do not believe that the declines in market value of these securities are attributable to credit quality, and because we do not intend to sell the investments, nor is it more likely than not that we will be required to sell the investments before recovery of the amortized cost basis, we do not consider any of these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at June 30, 2012.

Private-Label Residential MBS and ABS Backed by Home Equity Loans. To ensure consistency in determination of the other-than-temporary impairment for private-label residential MBS and certain home equity loan investments (including home equity ABS) among all Federal Home Loan Banks (the FHLBanks or the FHLBank System), the FHLBanks enhanced their overall other-than-temporary impairment process in 2009 by implementing a systemwide governance committee (the OTTI Governance Committee) and establishing a formal process to ensure consistency in key other-than-temporary impairment modeling assumptions used for purposes of their cash-flow analyses for the majority of these securities. We use the FHLBanks' common framework and approved assumptions for purposes of our other-than-temporary impairment cash-flow analyses of our private-label residential MBS and certain home equity loan investments. For certain private-label residential MBS and home equity loan investments where underlying collateral data is not available, we have used alternative procedures to assess these securities for other-than-temporary impairment. We are responsible for making our own determination of impairment and the

16


reasonableness of assumptions, inputs, and methodologies used and for performing the required present value calculations using appropriate historical cost bases and yields.
 
Our evaluation includes estimating the projected cash flows that we are likely to collect based on an assessment of all available information, including the structure of the applicable security and certain assumptions to determine whether we will recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security, such as:

the remaining payment terms for the security;
prepayment speeds;
default rates;
loss severity on the collateral supporting each security based on underlying loan-level borrower and loan characteristics;
expected housing price changes; and
interest-rate assumptions.
 
In accordance with related guidance from the Finance Agency, our primary regulator, we have contracted with the FHLBanks of San Francisco and Chicago to perform the cash-flow analysis underlying our other-than-temporary impairment decisions in certain instances. In the event that neither the FHLBank of San Francisco nor the FHLBank of Chicago has the ability to model a particular MBS that we own, we project the expected cash flows for that security based on our expectations as to how the underlying collateral and impact on deal structure resultant from collateral cash flows are forecasted to occur over time. These assumptions are based on factors including, but not limited to loan-level data for each security and modeling variables expectations for securities similar in nature modeled by either the FHLBank of San Francisco or the FHLBank of Chicago. We form these expectations for those securities by reviewing, when available, loan-level data for each such security, and, when such loan-level data is not available for a security, by reviewing loan-level data for similar loan pools as a proxy for such data.
 
Specifically, we have contracted with the FHLBank of San Francisco to perform cash-flow analyses for our residential private-label MBS other than subprime private-label MBS, and with the FHLBank of Chicago to perform cash-flow analyses for our subprime private-label MBS. The following table provides additional data on who performs these cash-flow analyses for us (dollars in thousands).

 
June 30, 2012
 
Number of
Securities
 
Par
Value
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Carrying
Value
 
Fair
Value
FHLBank of San Francisco
166
 
$
2,233,443

 
$
1,732,023

 
$
1,326,267

 
$
1,270,177

FHLBank of Chicago
16
 
23,038

 
22,386

 
21,256

 
17,383

Our own cash-flow projections
12
 
67,938

 
55,011

 
41,505

 
40,912


To assess whether the entire amortized cost basis of private-label residential MBS will be recovered, cash-flow analyses for each of our private-label residential MBS were performed. These analyses use two third-party models.
 
The first third-party model considers borrower characteristics and the particular attributes of the loans underlying our securities, in conjunction with assumptions about current home prices and future changes in home prices and interest rates, producing monthly projections of prepayments, defaults, and loss severities. A significant input to the first model is the forecast of future housing-price changes for the relevant states and core-based statistical areas (CBSAs), based on an assessment of the individual housing markets. The term CBSA refers collectively to metropolitan and micropolitan statistical areas as defined by the United States Office of Management and Budget. As currently defined, a CBSA must contain at least one core urban area with a population of 10,000 or more people, plus adjacent territory that has a high degree of social and economic integration with the core as measured by commuting ties. Our housing-price forecast as of June 30, 2012, assumed current-to-trough home price declines ranging from 0.0 percent (for those housing markets that are believed to have reached their trough) to 6.0 percent. For those markets for which further home price declines are anticipated, such declines were projected to occur over the three- to nine-month period beginning April 1, 2012. For the vast majority of markets where further home price declines are anticipated, the declines were projected to range from 1.0 percent to 4.0 percent over the three-month period beginning April 1, 2012. From the trough, home prices were projected to recover using one of five different recovery paths that vary by housing market. Under those recovery paths, home prices were projected to increase as follows:


17


Months
 
Recovery Range of
1-6
 
0.0
%
to
2.8%
7-18
 
0.0
%
to
3.0%
19-24
 
1.0
%
to
4.0%
25-30
 
2.0
%
to
4.0%
31-42
 
2.0
%
to
5.0%
43-66
 
2.0
%
to
6.0%
Thereafter
 
2.3
%
to
5.6%

The month-by-month projections of future loan performance are derived from the first model to determine projected prepayments, defaults, and loss severities. These projections are then input into a second model that calculates the projected loan-level cash flows and then allocates those cash flows and losses among the various classes in the securitization structure in accordance with the cash-flow and loss-allocation rules prescribed by the securitization structure. In a securitization in which the credit enhancement for the senior securities is derived from the presence of subordinate securities, losses are generally allocated first to the subordinate securities until their principal balance is reduced to zero. The projected cash flows are based on a number of assumptions and expectations and the results of these models can vary significantly with changes in assumptions and expectations. The scenario of cash flows determined based on the model approach described above reflects a best estimate scenario and includes a base case current-to-trough housing price forecast and a base case housing price recovery path described in the prior paragraph.
 
We do not intend to sell these securities and believe it is not more likely than not that we will be required to sell these securities before the anticipated recovery of each security's remaining amortized cost basis. We recorded other-than-temporary impairment credit losses of $1.5 million for the three months ended June 30, 2012. For held-to-maturity securities, the noncredit portion of an other-than-temporary impairment charge that is recognized in other comprehensive income is accreted from accumulated other comprehensive loss to the carrying value of the security over the remaining life of the security in a prospective manner based on the amount and timing of estimated cash flows. This accretion continues until the security is sold or matures, or an additional other-than-temporary impairment charge is recorded in earnings, which could result in a reclassification adjustment and the establishment of a new amount to be accreted. For the three months ended June 30, 2012, we accreted $18.2 million of noncredit impairment from accumulated other comprehensive loss to the carrying value of held-to-maturity securities. For certain other-than-temporarily impaired securities that were previously impaired and have subsequently incurred additional credit losses during the three months ended June 30, 2012, the additional credit losses, up to the amount in accumulated other comprehensive loss, were reclassified out of noncredit-related losses in accumulated other comprehensive loss and charged to earnings. This amount was $282,000 for the three months ended June 30, 2012.

For those securities for which an other-than-temporary impairment was determined to have occurred during the three months ended June 30, 2012 (that is, a determination was made that less than the entire amortized cost basis is expected to be recovered), the following table presents a summary of the average projected values over the remaining lives of the securities for the significant inputs used to measure the amount of the credit loss recognized in earnings, as well as related current credit enhancement. Credit enhancement is defined as the percentage of subordinated tranches, over-collateralization, and other credit enhancement, if any, in a security structure that will generally absorb losses before we will experience a loss on the security. The calculated averages represent the dollar-weighted averages of all the private-label residential MBS and home equity loan investments in each category shown (dollars in thousands). We note that we have instituted litigation in relation to certain of the private-label MBS in which we invested. Our complaint asserts, among others, claims for untrue or misleading statements in the sale of securities. It is possible that classifications of private-label MBS as provided herein when based on classification at the time of issuance (as per the following tables in this Note 6, for example) as disclosed by those securities' issuance documents, as well as other statements made by or on behalf of the issuers about the securities, are inaccurate.


 

 

18


 
 
 
 
Significant Inputs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Projected
Prepayment Rates
 
Projected
Default Rates
 
Projected
Loss Severities
 
Current
Credit Enhancement
Private-label MBS by
Year of Securitization
 
Par Value
 
Weighted
Average
Percent
 
Range
Percent
 
Weighted
Average
Percent
 
Range
Percent
 
Weighted
Average
Percent
 
Range
Percent
 
Weighted
Average
Percent
 
Range
Percent
Private-label residential MBS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Alt-A (1)
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

2007
 
$
11,623

 
2.2
%
 
2.2
%
 
76.9
%
 
76.9
%
 
50.3
%
 
50.3
%
 
38.2
%
 
38.2
%
2006
 
122,103

 
2.9

 
2.3 - 4.4

 
75.8

 
70.5 - 76.9

 
55.2

 
53.4 - 57.8

 
30.0

 
0.0 - 38.0

2004 and prior
 
4,721

 
14.0

 
14.0

 
14.7

 
14.7

 
34.3

 
34.3

 
32.5

 
32.5

Total
 
$
138,447

 
3.2
%
 
2.2 - 14.0

 
73.8
%
 
14.7 - 76.9

 
54.1
%
 
34.3 - 57.8

 
30.8
%
 
0.0 - 38.2

_______________________
(1)         Securities are classified in the table above based upon the current performance characteristics of the underlying loan pool and therefore the manner in which the loan pool backing the security has been modeled (as prime, Alt-A, or subprime), rather than their classification of the security at the time of issuance.
 
We own certain private-label MBS that are insured by third-party bond insurers (monoline insurers). Together with the other FHLBanks, we have performed analyses to assess the financial strength of these monoline insurers to establish an expected case regarding the time horizon of the bond insurers' ability to fulfill their financial obligations and provide credit support. The projected time horizon of credit protection provided by an insurer is a function of claims-paying resources and anticipated claims in the future. This assumption is referred to as the “burnout period” and is expressed in months. Of the five monoline insurers, the financial guarantee from Assured Guaranty Municipal Corp. is considered sufficient to cover all future claims and, therefore, the burnout analysis is not applicable as discussed above. Conversely, the burnout period for three monoline insurers, Syncora Guarantee Inc., Financial Guaranty Insurance Corp., and Ambac Assurance Corp., is not considered applicable due to regulatory intervention that has generally suspended all claims payments to effectively zero. One of these insurers, Ambac Assurance Corp., has recently received permission from a Wisconsin Circuit Court to start paying 25 percent of policy claims in cash that have arisen since Ambac ceased paying claims in March, 2010 at the direction of the Wisconsin Commissioner of Insurance. While these cash payments are expected to commence in the third quarter of 2012, uncertainty surrounding other aspects of the company's rehabilitation plan are currently preventing us from including these payments in our cash flow modeling. For the remaining monoline insurer, MBIA Insurance Corp., the burnout period as of June 30, 2012, is three months, ending September 30, 2012. None of our securities that are guaranteed by MBIA Insurance Corp. were determined to have an other-than-temporary impairment credit loss at June 30, 2012.

The following table sets forth our securities for which other-than-temporary impairment credit losses were recognized in the three months ending June 30, 2012 (dollars in thousands). Securities are classified in the table below based on their classifications at the time of issuance.

 
June 30, 2012
Other-Than-Temporarily Impaired Investment
Par
Value
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Carrying
Value
 
Fair
Value
Private-label residential MBS – Alt-A
$
138,447

 
$
103,445

 
$
74,615

 
$
75,316

 
The following table sets forth our securities for which other-than-temporary impairment credit losses were recognized during the life of the security through June 30, 2012 (dollars in thousands). Securities are classified in the table below based on their classifications at the time of issuance.
 
 
June 30, 2012
Other-Than-Temporarily Impaired Investment
Par
Value
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Carrying
Value
 
Fair
Value
Private-label residential MBS – Prime
$
74,331

 
$
63,812

 
$
47,178

 
$
51,852

Private-label residential MBS – Alt-A
1,872,318

 
1,368,710

 
966,179

 
972,468

ABS backed by home equity loans – Subprime
5,832

 
5,165

 
3,938

 
4,042

Total other-than-temporarily impaired securities
$
1,952,481

 
$
1,437,687

 
$
1,017,295

 
$
1,028,362

 
The following table set forth other-than-temporary impairment credit losses that were recognized for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, by investment classification (dollars in thousands). Securities are classified in the table below based on

19


the classification at the time of issuance.

 
For the Three Months Ended June 30, 2012
 
For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2012
Other-Than-Temporarily Impaired Investment
Total Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Losses on
Investment Securities
 
Net Amount of
Impairment Losses
Reclassified to Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Loss
 
Net Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Losses on
Investment Securities, Credit Portion
 
Total Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Losses on
Investment Securities
 
Net Amount of
Impairment Losses
Reclassified to (from)
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Loss
 
Net Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Losses on
Investment Securities, Credit Portion
Private-label residential MBS – Alt-A
$
(5,763
)
 
$
4,271

 
$
(1,492
)
 
$
(12,141
)
 
$
7,692

 
$
(4,449
)
ABS backed by home equity loans – Subprime

 

 

 

 
(3
)
 
(3
)
Total other-than-temporarily impaired securities
$
(5,763
)
 
$
4,271

 
$
(1,492
)
 
$
(12,141
)
 
$
7,689

 
$
(4,452
)

The following table presents a roll-forward of the amounts related to credit losses recognized into earnings. The roll-forward is the amount of credit losses on investment securities on which we recognized a portion of other-than-temporary impairment charges into accumulated other comprehensive loss (dollars in thousands).
 
For the Three Months Ended June 30,
 
For the Six Months Ended June 30,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Balance at beginning of period
$
533,862

 
$
540,179

 
$
544,833

 
$
523,881

Additions:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit losses for which other-than-temporary impairment was not previously recognized

 
44

 

 
46

Additional credit losses for which an other-than-temporary impairment charge was previously recognized(1)
1,492

 
35,750

 
4,452

 
66,332

Reductions:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities matured during the period
(12,147
)
 
(12,756
)
 
(24,632
)
 
(26,200
)
Increase in cash flows expected to be collected which are recognized over the remaining life of the security
(2,553
)
 
(859
)
 
(3,999
)
 
(1,701
)
Balance at end of period
$
520,654

 
$
562,358

 
$
520,654

 
$
562,358

_______________________
(1)
For the three months ended June 30, 2012, and 2011, additional credit losses for which an other-than-temporary impairment charge was previously recognized relate to all securities that were also previously impaired prior to April 1, 2012 and 2011. For the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, additional credit losses for which an other-than-temporary impairment charge was previously recognized relate to all securities that were also previously impaired prior to January 1, 2012 and 2011.

The following table presents a roll-forward of the amounts related to the net noncredit portion of other-than-temporary impairment losses on held-to-maturity securities included in accumulated other comprehensive loss (dollars in thousands).


20


 
For the Three Months Ended June 30,
 
For the Six Months Ended June 30,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Balance at beginning of period
$
(434,344
)
 
$
(549,742
)
 
$
(450,996
)
 
$
(621,528
)
Amounts reclassified (to) from accumulated other comprehensive loss:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noncredit portion of other-than-temporary impairment losses on held-to-maturity securities
(4,553
)
 
(6,653
)
 
(8,918
)
 
(11,679
)
Reclassification adjustment of noncredit component of impairment losses included in net income relating to held-to-maturity securities
282

 
25,588

 
1,229

 
54,411

Net amount of impairment losses reclassified (to) from accumulated other comprehensive loss
(4,271
)
 
18,935

 
(7,689
)
 
42,732

Accretion of noncredit portion of impairment losses on held-to-maturity securities
18,223

 
41,920

 
38,293

 
89,909

Balance at end of period
$
(420,392
)
 
$
(488,887
)
 
$
(420,392
)
 
$
(488,887
)

Note 7 — Advances
 
General Terms. At both June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, we had advances outstanding with interest rates ranging from 0.00 percent to 8.37 percent, as summarized below (dollars in thousands). Advances with interest rates of 0.00 percent include AHP-subsidized advances.
 
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
Year of Contractual Maturity
Amount
 
Weighted
Average
Rate
 
Amount
 
Weighted
Average
Rate
Overdrawn demand-deposit accounts
$
10,467

 
0.52
%
 
$
7,683

 
0.45
%
Due in one year or less
13,430,972

 
0.79

 
8,266,384

 
1.15

Due after one year through two years
2,442,776

 
3.05

 
5,563,728

 
1.98

Due after two years through three years
2,529,526

 
2.79

 
2,721,354

 
2.88

Due after three years through four years
1,933,160

 
2.90

 
1,997,587

 
2.96

Due after four years through five years
2,497,446

 
3.07

 
2,151,231

 
2.90

Thereafter
3,045,360

 
3.47

 
3,873,205

 
3.71

Total par value
25,889,707

 
1.89
%
 
24,581,172

 
2.23
%
Premiums
46,212

 
 

 
37,378

 
 

Discounts
(23,593
)
 
 

 
(23,748
)
 
 

Hedging adjustments
544,413

 
 

 
600,096

 
 

Total
$
26,456,739

 
 

 
$
25,194,898

 
 

 
We offer putable advances that provide us with the right to put the fixed-rate advance to the borrower (and thereby extinguish the advance) on predetermined exercise dates (put dates), and offer, subject to certain conditions, replacement funding at then-current advances rates. Generally, we would exercise the put options when interest rates increase. At June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, we had putable advances outstanding totaling $4.0 billion and $4.7 billion, respectively.
 
The following table sets forth our advances outstanding by the year of contractual maturity or next put date for putable advances (dollars in thousands):

21


 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
Year of Contractual Maturity or Next Put Date
Par Value
 
Percentage
of Total
 
Par Value
 
Percentage
of Total
Overdrawn demand-deposit accounts
$
10,467

 
0.0
%
 
$
7,683

 
0.0
%
Due in one year or less
16,801,497

 
64.9

 
12,244,459

 
49.8

Due after one year through two years
2,118,926

 
8.2

 
4,975,328

 
20.2

Due after two years through three years
2,123,776

 
8.2

 
2,231,354

 
9.1

Due after three years through four years
1,626,260

 
6.3

 
1,797,337

 
7.3

Due after four years through five years
1,448,921

 
5.6

 
1,713,831

 
7.0

Thereafter
1,759,860

 
6.8

 
1,611,180

 
6.6

Total par value
$
25,889,707

 
100.0
%
 
$
24,581,172

 
100.0
%

We also offer callable advances that provide borrowers with the right to call, on predetermined option exercise dates, the advance prior to maturity without incurring prepayment or termination fees (callable advances). In exchange for receiving the right to call the advance on a predetermined call schedule, the borrower pays a higher fixed rate for the advance relative to an equivalent maturity, noncallable, fixed-rate advance. If the call option is exercised, replacement funding may be available. Other advances may only be prepaid by paying a fee (a prepayment fee) that makes us financially indifferent to the prepayment of the advance. At June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, we had callable advances outstanding totaling $32.5 million and $2.5 million, respectively.
 
Interest-Rate-Payment Terms. The following table details interest-rate-payment types for our outstanding advances (dollars in thousands):
Par value of advances
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
Fixed-rate
$
22,939,240

 
$
20,096,489

Variable-rate
2,950,467

 
4,484,683

 
 
 
 
Total par value
$
25,889,707

 
$
24,581,172


At June 30, 2012, 29.8 percent of our fixed-rate advances were swapped to a floating rate and 3.1 percent of our variable-rate advances were swapped to a different variable-rate index. At December 31, 2011, 39.0 percent of our fixed-rate advances were swapped to a floating rate and 0.5 percent of our variable-rate advances were swapped to a different variable-rate index.

Credit Risk Exposure and Security Terms.

Our potential credit risk from advances is principally concentrated in commercial banks, savings institutions, and credit unions. At June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, we had $8.2 billion and $7.4 billion, respectively, of advances issued to members with at least $1.0 billion of advances outstanding. These advances were made to three borrowers at both June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, representing 31.7 percent and 30.0 percent, respectively, of total par value of outstanding advances.

We lend to our members and certain nonmember institutions that are eligible to borrow from us (referred to as housing associates) chartered within the six New England states in accordance with federal statutes, including the Federal Home Loan Bank Act of 1932, as amended (the FHLBank Act). The FHLBank Act generally requires us to hold, or have access to, collateral to secure our advances. We maintain policies and procedures that are intended to manage credit risk including, without limitation, requirements for physical possession or control of pledged collateral, restrictions on borrowing, specific review of each advance request, verifications of collateral, and continuous monitoring of borrowings and the borrower's financial condition. Based on the collateral pledged as security for advances, management's credit analysis of the borrower's financial condition, and credit extension and collateral policies, we do not expect any losses on advances and expect to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the advances. Therefore, we have not provided any allowance for losses on advances. For information related to our credit risk on advances and allowance for credit losses, see Note 9 — Allowance for Credit Losses.

Prepayment Fees. We record prepayment fees received from borrowers on prepaid advances net of any associated basis adjustments related to hedging activities on those advances and net of deferred prepayment fees on advance prepayments considered to be loan modifications. Additionally, under certain advances products the prepayment-fee provisions of the

22


advance agreement could result in either a payment from the borrower or to the borrower when such an advance is prepaid, based upon market conditions at the time of prepayment (referred to as a symmetrical prepayment fee). Advances with a symmetrical prepayment-fee provision are hedged with derivatives containing offsetting terms, so that we are financially indifferent to the borrowers' decision to prepay such advances. The net amount of prepayment fees is reflected as interest income in the statement of operations.

For the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, net advance prepayment fees recognized in income are reflected in the following table (dollars in thousands):
 
 
For the Three Months Ended June 30,
 
For the Six Months
 Ended June 30,
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Prepayment fees received from borrowers
 
$
64,773

 
$
16,261

 
$
68,224

 
$
18,666

Less: hedging fair-value adjustments on prepaid advances
 
(37,444
)
 
(6,219
)
 
(39,145
)
 
(6,975
)
Less: net premiums associated with prepaid advances
 
(290
)
 
(573
)
 
(337
)
 
(563
)
Less: deferred recognition of prepayment fees received from borrowers on advance prepayments deemed to be loan modifications
 
(1,190
)
 
(778
)
 
(1,687
)
 
(1,377
)
Prepayment fees recognized in income on advance restructurings deemed to be extinguishments
 
2,323

 
1,443

 
5,419

 
1,576

    Net prepayment fees recognized in income
 
$
28,172

 
$
10,134

 
$
32,474

 
$
11,327


Note 8 — Mortgage Loans Held for Portfolio

We invest in mortgage loans through the Mortgage Partnership Finance® (MPF®) program. These investments are either guaranteed or insured by federal agencies (government mortgage loans) or are credit-enhanced by the related participating financial institution (conventional mortgage loans). All such investments are held for portfolio. The mortgage loans are typically originated, credit-enhanced, and serviced by the related participating financial institution. The majority of these loans are serviced by the originating institution. However, a portion of these loans are sold servicing-released by the participating financial institution and serviced by a third-party servicer.

The following table presents certain characteristics of the mortgage loans in which we have invested (dollars in thousands):
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
Real estate
 

 
 

Fixed-rate 15-year single-family mortgages
$
678,473

 
$
646,539

Fixed-rate 20- and 30-year single-family mortgages
2,593,604

 
2,439,475

Premiums
47,774

 
35,420

Discounts
(4,843
)
 
(5,708
)
Deferred derivative gains and losses, net
2,563

 
1,297

Total mortgage loans held for portfolio
3,317,571

 
3,117,023

Less: allowance for credit losses
(6,114
)
 
(7,800
)
Total mortgage loans, net of allowance for credit losses
$
3,311,457

 
$
3,109,223

 
The following table details the par value of mortgage loans held for portfolio (dollars in thousands):
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
Conventional mortgage loans
$
2,937,259

 
$
2,777,100

Government mortgage loans
334,818

 
308,914

Total par value
$
3,272,077

 
$
3,086,014

 
See Note 9 — Allowance for Credit Losses for information related to our credit risk from our investments in mortgage loans and allowance for credit losses based on these investments.

"Mortgage Partnership Finance," and "MPF," are registered trademarks of the FHLBank of Chicago.


23



Note 9 — Allowance for Credit Losses

We have developed and documented a systematic methodology for determining an allowance for credit losses for our:

extensions of credit, such as our advances and letters of credit;
investments in government mortgage loans held for portfolio;
investments in conventional mortgage loans held for portfolio;
investments via term securities purchased under agreements to resell; and
investments via term federal funds sold.
An allowance for credit losses is a valuation allowance separately established for each identified portfolio segment, if necessary, to provide for probable losses inherent in our portfolio as of the statement of condition date. To the extent necessary, an allowance for credit losses for off-balance-sheet credit exposure is recorded as a liability.
Portfolio Segments. We have established an allowance methodology for each of our portfolio segments. A portfolio segment is defined as the level at which an entity develops and documents a systematic method for determining its allowance for credit losses.
Classes of Financing Receivables. Classes of financing receivables generally are a disaggregation of a portfolio segment to the extent that it is needed to understand the exposure to credit risk arising from these financing receivables. We determined that no further disaggregation of portfolio segments identified above is needed as we assessed and measured the credit risk arising from these financing receivables at the portfolio segment level.
Credit Products
We manage our credit exposure to credit products through an integrated approach that generally provides for a credit limit to be established for each borrower, includes an ongoing review of each borrower's financial condition, and is coupled with collateral and lending policies that are intended to limit risk of loss while balancing borrowers' needs for a reliable source of funding. In addition, we lend in accordance with the FHLBank Act, Finance Agency regulations, and other applicable laws. The FHLBank Act requires us to obtain sufficient collateral to secure our credit products. The estimated value of the collateral pledged to secure each borrower's credit products is calculated by applying collateral discounts, or haircuts, to the value of the collateral. We accept certain investment securities, residential mortgage loans, deposits, and other assets as collateral. We require all borrowers that pledge securities collateral to place physical possession of such securities collateral with our safekeeping agent or the borrower's securities corporation, subject to a control agreement giving us appropriate control over such collateral. In addition, community financial institutions are eligible to use expanded statutory collateral provisions for small-business and agriculture loans. Members also pledge their Bank capital stock as collateral. Collateral arrangements may vary depending upon borrower credit quality, financial condition, performance, borrowing capacity, and overall credit exposure to the borrower. We can call for additional or substitute collateral to further safeguard our security interest. We believe our policies appropriately manage our credit risks arising from our credit products.
Depending on the financial condition of the borrower, we may allow the borrower to retain possession of loan collateral pledged to us while agreeing to hold such collateral for our benefit or require the borrower to specifically assign or place physical possession of such loan collateral with us or a third-party custodian that we approve.
We are provided an additional safeguard for our security interests by Section 10(e) of the FHLBank Act, which generally affords any security interest granted by a borrower to the Bank priority over the claims and rights of any other party. The exceptions to this prioritization are limited to claims that would be entitled to priority under otherwise applicable law and are held by bona fide purchasers for value or by secured parties with higher priority perfected security interests. However, the priority granted to our security interests under Section 10(e) of the FHLBank Act may not apply when lending to insurance company members. This is due to the anti-preemption provision contained in the McCarran-Ferguson Act, which provides that federal law does not preempt state insurance law unless the federal law expressly regulates the business of insurance. Thus, if state law conflicts with Section 10(e) of the FHLBank Act, the protection afforded by this provision may not be available to us. However, we perfect our security interests in the collateral pledged by our members, including insurance company members, by filing UCC-1 financing statements, or by taking possession or control of such collateral, or by taking other appropriate steps.
Using a risk-based approach and taking into consideration each borrower's financial strength, we consider the types and level of collateral to be the primary indicator of credit quality on our credit products. At June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, we had rights to collateral, on a borrower-by-borrower basis, with an estimated value in excess of our outstanding extensions of credit. The estimated value of the collateral required to secure each borrower's obligations is calculated by applying collateral discounts or haircuts.

24


We continue to evaluate and make changes to our collateral guidelines based on market conditions. At June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, we did not have any credit products that were past due, on nonaccrual status, or considered impaired. In addition, there were no troubled debt restructurings related to credit products during the six months ended June 30, 2012, and June 30, 2011.
Based upon the collateral held as security, our credit extension and collateral policies, management's credit analysis, and the repayment history on credit products, we have not recorded any allowance for credit losses on credit products at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011. At June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, no liability to reflect an allowance for credit losses for off-balance-sheet credit exposures was recorded. See Note 18 — Commitments and Contingencies for additional information on our off-balance-sheet credit exposure.
Government Mortgage Loans Held for Portfolio
We invest in government mortgage loans secured by one- to four-family residential properties. Government mortgage loans are mortgage loans insured or guaranteed by the Federal Housing Administration, the Department of Veterans Affairs, the Rural Housing Service of the Department of Agriculture, or by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development.
The servicer provides and maintains insurance or a guaranty from the applicable government agency. The servicer is responsible for compliance with all government agency requirements and for obtaining the benefit of the applicable insurance or guaranty with respect to defaulted government-guaranteed mortgage loans. Any losses incurred on such loans that are not recovered from the insurer or guarantor are absorbed by the related servicer. Therefore, we only have credit risk for these loans if the servicer fails to pay for losses not covered by insurance or guarantees. Based on our assessment of our servicers for these loans, there is no allowance for credit losses for the government mortgage loan portfolio as of June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011. In addition, due to the government guarantee or insurance, these mortgage loans are not placed on nonaccrual status.
Conventional Mortgage Loans Held for Portfolio
We use a model to determine our allowance for credit losses based on our investments in conventional mortgage loans. We periodically adjust the key inputs to this model in an effort intended to properly align our loss projections with the market conditions that are relevant to these loans. The key inputs to the model include past and current performance of these loans (including portfolio delinquency and default migration statistics), overall loan portfolio performance characteristics (including loss-mitigation features, especially credit enhancements, as discussed below under — Credit Enhancements), and loss-severity estimates for these loans. We update the following inputs at least once per quarter: current outstanding loan amounts, delinquency statistics of the portfolio, and related loss-mitigation features (including credit-enhancement and estimated credit-enhancement fee-recovery amounts) for all master commitments. A master commitment is a document which provides the general terms under which the participating financial institution will deliver mortgage loans, including a maximum loan delivery amount, maximum credit enhancement, if applicable, and expiration date. Additionally, we review the model's default migration factor on a quarterly basis to determine if the portfolio has exhibited any change in loans migrating from current to delinquent or from delinquent to default and make adjustments as appropriate.
We use a third-party loan-loss projection model to determine our loss-severity estimates for our master commitments. We update our loss-severity estimates periodically as we determine appropriate, but not less than once per year. The inputs to this model include loan-related characteristics (such as property types and locations), industry data (such as foreclosure timelines and associated costs), and current and projected housing prices. Additionally, we perform a quarterly loss-severity update for the 10 largest master commitments, reflecting a more current housing price index. These master commitments represent approximately 54 percent of our total investments in conventional mortgage loans by outstanding principal balance.
Nonaccrual Loans. We place conventional mortgage loans on nonaccrual status when the collection of the contractual principal or interest is 90 days or more past due. When a conventional mortgage loan is placed on nonaccrual status, accrued but uncollected interest is reversed against interest income in the current period. We generally record cash payments received on nonaccrual loans first as interest income and then as a reduction of principal as specified in the contractual agreement, unless the collection of the remaining principal amount due is considered doubtful. If the collection of the remaining principal amount due is considered doubtful, cash payments received would be applied first solely to principal until the remaining principal amount due is expected to be collected and then as a recovery of any charge-off, if applicable, followed by recording interest income. A loan on nonaccrual status may be restored to accrual status when the collection of the contractual principal and interest is less than 90 days past due. We do not place government mortgage loans on nonaccrual status when the collection of the contractual principal or interest is 90 days or more past due because of the U.S. government guarantee of the loan and the contractual obligations of each related servicer.
Impairment Methodology. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.

25


Loans that are on nonaccrual status and that are considered collateral-dependent are measured for impairment based on the fair value of the underlying property less estimated selling costs. Loans are considered collateral-dependent if repayment is expected to be provided solely by the sale of the underlying property, that is, there is no other available and reliable source of repayment. Collateral-dependent loans are impaired if the fair value of the underlying collateral less estimated selling costs is insufficient to recover the unpaid principal balance on the loan. Interest income on impaired loans is recognized in the same manner as nonaccrual loans as discussed above.
Charge-Off Policy. We evaluate whether to record a charge-off on a conventional mortgage loan upon the occurrence of a confirming event. Confirming events include, but are not limited to, the occurrence of foreclosure or notification of a claim against any of the credit enhancements. A charge-off is recorded if we determine that the recorded investment in the loan is not likely to be recovered.
Collectively Evaluated Mortgage Loans. We evaluate the credit risk of our investments in conventional mortgage loans for impairment on a collective basis that considers loan-pool-specific attribute data at the master commitment pool level, applies estimated loss severities, and incorporates available credit enhancements to establish our best estimate of probable incurred losses. Migration analysis is a methodology for estimating the rate of default experienced on pools of similar loans based on our historical experience. We apply migration analysis to conventional loans that are currently not past due, loans that are 30 to 59 days past due, 60 to 89 days past due, and 90 or more days past due. We then estimate the dollar amount of loans in these categories that we believe are likely to migrate to a realized loss position and apply a loss severity factor to estimate losses that would be incurred at the statement of condition date. Additionally, for our investments in loans modified under our temporary loan modification plan, on the effective date of a loan modification we measure the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate and reduce the carrying value of the loan accordingly. See — Troubled Debt Restructurings below for information on our temporary loan modification program.
Estimating a Margin of Imprecision. We also assess a factor for the margin for imprecision to the estimation of credit losses for the homogeneous population. The margin for imprecision is a factor in the allowance for credit losses that recognizes the imprecise nature of the measurement process and is included as part of the mortgage loan allowance for credit loss. This amount represents a subjective management judgment based on facts and circumstances that exist as of the reporting date that is unallocated to any specific measurable economic or credit event and is intended to cover other inherent losses that may not be captured in our methodology. The actual loss that may occur on homogeneous populations of mortgage loans may differ from the estimated loss.
Roll-Forward of Allowance for Credit Losses on Mortgage Loans. The following table presents a roll-forward of the allowance for credit losses on conventional mortgage loans for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, and 2011, as well as the recorded investment in mortgage loans by impairment methodology at June 30, 2012, and June 30, 2011 (dollars in thousands). The recorded investment in a loan is the par amount of the loan, adjusted for accrued interest, unamortized premiums or discounts, deferred derivative gains and losses, and direct write-downs. The recorded investment is net of any valuation allowance.
 
For the Three Months Ended June 30,
 
For the Six Months Ended June 30,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Allowance for credit losses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
6,595

 
$
8,696

 
$
7,800

 
$
8,653

Charge-offs
(98
)
 
(6
)
 
(152
)
 
(14
)
Reduction of provision for credit losses
(383
)
 
(1,509
)
 
(1,534
)
 
(1,458
)
Balance at end of period
$
6,114

 
$
7,181

 
$
6,114

 
$
7,181

Ending balance, individually evaluated for impairment
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

Ending balance, collectively evaluated for impairment
$
6,114

 
$
7,181

 
$
6,114

 
$
7,181

Recorded investment, end of period (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

Collectively evaluated for impairment
$
2,992,672

 
$
2,839,201

 
$
2,992,672

 
$
2,839,201

_________________________
(1)
This amount excludes government mortgage loans because we make no allowance for credit losses based on our investments in government mortgage loans, as discussed above under — Government Mortgage Loans Held for Portfolio.

Credit Quality Indicators. Key credit quality indicators for mortgage loans include the migration of past due loans, nonaccrual loans, loans in process of foreclosure and impaired loans. The tables below set forth certain key credit quality indicators for our

26


investments in mortgage loans at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011 (dollars in thousands):
 
June 30, 2012
 
 Recorded Investment in Conventional Mortgage Loans
 
 Recorded Investment in Government Mortgage Loans
 
Total
Past due 30-59 days delinquent
$
40,306

 
$
13,297

 
$
53,603

Past due 60-89 days delinquent
13,714

 
5,072

 
18,786

Past due 90 days or more delinquent
49,292

 
25,149

 
74,441

Total past due
103,312

 
43,518

 
146,830

Total current loans
2,889,360

 
299,420

 
3,188,780

Total mortgage loans
$
2,992,672

 
$
342,938

 
$
3,335,610

Other delinquency statistics
 
 
 
 
 
In process of foreclosure, included above (1)
$
22,670

 
$
11,774

 
$
34,444

Serious delinquency rate (2)
1.66
%
 
7.33
%
 
2.24
%
Past due 90 days or more still accruing interest
$

 
$
25,149

 
$
25,149

Loans on nonaccrual status (3)
$
49,292

 
$

 
$
49,292

_______________________
(1)
Includes loans where the decision of foreclosure or similar alternative such as pursuit of deed-in-lieu of foreclosure has been reported.
(2)
Loans that are 90 days or more past due or in the process of foreclosure expressed as a percentage of the recorded investment in the total loan portfolio class.
(3)
Includes conventional mortgage loans with contractual principal or interest payments 90 days or more past due and not accruing interest.

 
December 31, 2011
 
 Recorded Investment in Conventional Mortgage Loans
 
 Recorded Investment in Government Mortgage Loans
 
Total
Past due 30-59 days delinquent
$
41,311

 
$
15,477

 
$
56,788

Past due 60-89 days delinquent
11,656

 
5,973

 
17,629

Past due 90 days or more delinquent
55,876

 
24,925

 
80,801

Total past due
108,843

 
46,375

 
155,218

Total current loans
2,710,526

 
269,101

 
2,979,627

Total mortgage loans
$
2,819,369

 
$
315,476

 
$
3,134,845

Other delinquency statistics
 
 
 
 
 
In process of foreclosure, included above (1)
$
32,344

 
$
7,413

 
$
39,757

Serious delinquency rate (2)
1.99
%
 
7.90
%
 
2.59
%
Past due 90 days or more still accruing interest
$

 
$
24,925

 
$
24,925

Loans on nonaccrual status (3)
$
55,876

 
$

 
$
55,876

_______________________
(1)
Includes loans where the decision of foreclosure or similar alternative such as pursuit of deed-in-lieu of foreclosure has been reported.
(2)
Loans that are 90 days or more past due or in the process of foreclosure expressed as a percentage of the recorded investment in the total loan portfolio class.
(3)
Includes conventional mortgage loans with contractual principal or interest payments 90 days or more past due and not accruing interest.
Credit Enhancements. Our allowance for credit losses factors in the credit enhancements associated with conventional mortgage loans under the MPF program. These credit enhancements apply after the homeowner's equity is exhausted and can include primary and/or supplemental mortgage insurance or other kinds of credit enhancement. Any incurred losses that would be recovered from the credit enhancements are not reserved as part of our allowance for loan losses. In such cases, a receivable is generally established to reflect the expected recovery from credit-enhancement arrangements.

27


We share with the participating financial institution the risk of credit losses on our investments in mortgage loans by structuring potential losses on these investments into layers with respect to each master commitment. We are obligated to incur the first layer or portion of credit losses (which is called first-loss account) that is not absorbed by the borrower's equity after any primary mortgage insurance. The first-loss account functions as a tracking mechanism for determining the point after which the participating financial institution is required to cover the next layer of losses up to an agreed-upon credit-enhancement amount. The credit-enhancement amount may consist of a direct liability of the participating financial institution to pay credit losses up to a specified amount, a contractual obligation of a participating financial institution to provide supplemental mortgage insurance, or a combination of both. We absorb any remaining unallocated losses.

The aggregate amount of the first-loss account is documented and tracked but is neither recorded nor reported as an allowance for loan losses in our financial statements. As credit and special hazard losses are realized that are not covered by the liquidation value of the real property or primary mortgage insurance, they are first charged to us, with a corresponding reduction of the first-loss account for that master commitment up to the amount in the first-loss account at that time. Over time, the first-loss account may cover the expected credit losses on a master commitment, although losses that are greater than expected or that occur early in the life of a master commitment could exceed the amount in the first-loss account. In that case, the excess losses would be charged to the participating financial institutions's credit-enhancement amount, then to us after the participating financial institution's credit-enhancement amount has been exhausted.

For loans in which we buy or sell participations from or to other FHLBanks that participate in the MPF program (MPF Banks), the amount of the first-loss account remaining to absorb losses for loans that we own is partly dependent on the percentage of loans that we own that are within master commitments that include loans that are owned, in whole or in part, by other MPF Banks. Assuming losses occur on a proportional basis between loans that we own and loans owned by other MPF Banks, at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, the amount of first-loss account remaining for losses attributable to us was $22.0 million and $23.8 million, respectively. For certain MPF products, our losses incurred under the first-loss account can be mitigated by withholding future performance credit-enhancement fees that would otherwise be payable to the participating financial institutions. We record credit-enhancement fees paid to participating financial institutions as a reduction to mortgage-loan-interest income. We incurred credit-enhancement fees of $737,000 and $759,000 for the three months ended June 30, 2012, and 2011, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2012, and 2011, we incurred credit-enhancement fees of $1.5 million and $1.6 million respectively.

Withheld credit-enhancement fees can mitigate losses from our investments in mortgage loans and therefore we consider our expectations by each master commitment for such withheld fees in determining the allowance for loan losses. More specifically, we determine the amount of credit-enhancement fees available to mitigate losses as follows: accrued credit-enhancement fees to be paid to participating financial institutions; plus projected credit-enhancement fees to be paid to the participating financial institutions over the next 12 months; minus any losses incurred or expected to be incurred. Available credit-enhancement fees cannot be shared between master commitments and, as a result, some master commitments may have sufficient credit-enhancement fees to recover all losses while other master commitments may not.
The following table demonstrates the impact on our estimate of the allowance for credit losses resulting from the loss-mitigating features of conventional mortgage loans (dollars in thousands).
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
Total estimated losses
$
9,478

 
$
10,274

Less: estimated losses in excess of the first-loss account, to be absorbed by participating financial institutions
(2,632
)
 
(1,622
)
Less: estimated performance-based credit-enhancement fees available for recapture
(732
)
 
(852
)
Net allowance for credit losses
$
6,114

 
$
7,800

Troubled Debt Restructurings. A troubled debt restructuring is considered to have occurred when a concession is granted to a borrower for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower's financial difficulties and that concession would not have been considered otherwise.
Our program under MPF for mortgage loan troubled debt restructurings primarily involves modifying the borrower's monthly payment for a period of up to 36 months to no more than a housing expense ratio of 31 percent of their monthly income. The outstanding principal balance is re-amortized to reflect a principal and interest payment for a term not to exceed 40 years. This would result in a balloon payment at the original maturity date of the loan as the maturity date and number of remaining monthly payments is unchanged. If the 31 percent housing expense ratio is still not met, the interest rate is reduced for up to 36

28


months in 0.125 percent increments below the original note rate, to a floor rate of 3.00 percent, resulting in reduced principal and interest payments, until the target 31 percent housing expense ratio is met.
During the three months ended June 30, 2012, we had three troubled debt restructurings. The recorded investment in the troubled debt restructurings pre-modification and post-modification was $656,000 and $643,000, respectively as of the modification date.
During the six months ended June 30, 2012, we had six troubled debt restructurings. The recorded investment in the troubled debt restructurings for both the pre-modification and post-modification was $1.2 million as of the modification date.
As of June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, we had mortgage loans with a recorded investment of $1.6 million and $446,000, respectively that are considered a troubled debt restructuring. As of June 30, 2012, and 2011, our troubled debt restructurings were performing and have not re-defaulted.
REO. At each of June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, we had $6.3 million in assets classified as REO. During the six months ended June 30, 2012, and 2011, we sold REO assets with a recorded carrying value of $5.3 million and $4.5 million, respectively. Upon the sale of these properties, and inclusive of any proceeds received from primary mortgage-insurance coverage, we recognized net gains totaling $114,000 and $313,000 on the sale of REO assets during the six months ended June 30, 2012, and 2011 respectively. Gains and losses on the sale of REO assets are recorded in other income.
Federal Funds Sold and Securities Purchased Under Agreements to Resell.
These investments are all short-term (less than three months) and the recorded balance approximates fair value. We invest in federal funds sold with investment-grade counterparties and we only evaluate these investments for purposes of an allowance for credit losses if the investment is not paid when due. All investments in federal funds sold as of June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, were repaid according to their contractual terms.
Securities purchased under agreements to resell are considered collateralized financing arrangements and effectively represent short-term loans to investment-grade counterparties. The terms of these loans are structured such that if the market value of the underlying securities decreases below the market value required as collateral, the counterparty must provide additional securities as collateral in an amount equal to the decrease or remit cash in such amount, or we will decrease the dollar value of the resale agreement accordingly. If we determine that an agreement to resell is impaired, the difference between the fair value of the collateral and the amortized cost of the agreement is charged to earnings. Based upon the collateral held as security, we determined that no allowance for credit losses was needed for the securities purchased under agreements to resell at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011.

Note 10 — Derivatives and Hedging Activities     

All derivatives are recognized on the statement of condition at fair value. We offset fair-value amounts recognized for derivative instruments and fair-value amounts recognized for the right to reclaim cash collateral (a receivable) or the obligation to return cash collateral (a payable) arising from derivative instruments recognized at fair value executed with the same counterparty under a master-netting arrangement. Derivative assets and derivative liabilities reported on the statement of condition also include net accrued interest. Cash flows associated with derivatives are reflected as cash flows from operating activities in the statement of cash flows unless the derivative meets the criteria to be a financing derivative.

Each derivative is designated as one of the following:

a qualifying hedge of the change in fair value of a recognized asset or liability or an unrecognized firm commitment (a fair value hedge);
a qualifying hedge of a forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flows that are to be received or paid in connection with a recognized asset or liability (a cash-flow hedge); or
a nonqualifying hedge of an asset or liability (an economic hedge) for asset-liability-management purposes.

Accounting for Fair-Value or Cash-Flow Hedges. If hedging relationships meet certain criteria, including, but not limited to, formal documentation of the hedging relationship and an expectation to be highly effective, they qualify for fair-value or cash-flow hedge accounting and the offsetting changes in fair value of the hedged items are recorded either in earnings in the case of fair-value hedges or accumulated other comprehensive loss in the case of cash-flow hedges. Our approaches to hedge accounting are:

Long-haul hedge accounting, which generally requires us to formally assess (both at the hedge's inception and at least

29


quarterly) whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have been effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of hedged items or forecasted transactions and whether those derivatives may be expected to remain effective in future periods; and 
Short-cut hedge accounting, which can be used for transactions for which the assumption can be made that the change in fair value of a hedged item, due to changes in the benchmark rate, exactly offsets the change in fair value of the related derivative. Under the shortcut method, the entire change in fair value of the interest-rate swap is considered to be effective at achieving offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged asset or liability.

Derivatives that are used in fair-value hedges are typically executed at the same time as the hedged items, and we designate the hedged item in a qualifying hedge relationship as of the trade date. In many hedging relationships that use the shortcut method, we may designate the hedging relationship upon its commitment to disburse an advance or trade a consolidated obligation (CO) that settles within the shortest period of time possible for the type of instrument based on market-settlement conventions. In such circumstances, although the advance or CO will not be recognized in the financial statements until settlement date, the hedge meets the criteria for applying the short-cut method, provided all other short-cut criteria are also met. We then record the changes in fair value of the derivative and the hedged item beginning on the trade date.

Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is designated and qualifies as a fair-value hedge, along with changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk (including changes that reflect losses or gains on firm commitments), are recorded in other income (loss) as net (losses) gains on derivatives and hedging activities.

Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is designated and qualifies as a cash-flow hedge, to the extent that the hedge is effective, are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss, a component of capital, until earnings are affected by the variability of the cash flows of the hedged transaction.

For both fair-value and cash-flow hedges, any hedge ineffectiveness (which represents the amount by which the changes in the fair value of the derivative differ from the change in the fair value of the hedged item or the variability in the cash flows of the forecasted transaction) is recorded in other income (loss) as net (losses) gains on derivatives and hedging activities.

Accounting for Economic Hedges. An economic hedge is defined as a derivative hedging specific or nonspecific assets, liabilities, or firm commitments that does not qualify or was not designated for fair-value or cash-flow hedge accounting, but is an acceptable hedging strategy under our risk-management policy. These economic hedging strategies also comply with Finance Agency regulatory requirements prohibiting speculative derivative transactions. An economic hedge by definition introduces the potential for earnings variability caused by the changes in fair value of the derivatives that are recorded in income but not offset by corresponding changes in the fair value of the economically hedged assets, liabilities, or firm commitments. As a result, we recognize only the net interest and the change in fair value of these derivatives in other income (loss) as net (losses) gains on derivatives and hedging activities with no offsetting fair-value adjustments for the economically hedged assets, liabilities, or firm commitments.

Accrued Interest Receivable and Payable. The differential between accrual of interest receivable and payable on derivatives designated as a fair-value hedge or as a cash-flow hedge is recognized through adjustments to the interest income or interest expense of the designated hedged investment securities, advances, COs, deposits, or other financial instruments. The differential between accrual of interest receivable and payable on other economic hedges is recognized in other income (loss), along with changes in fair value of these derivatives, as net (losses) gains on derivatives and hedging activities.

Discontinuance of Hedge Accounting. We may discontinue hedge accounting prospectively when:

we determine that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of a hedged item (including hedged items such as firm commitments or forecasted transactions);
the derivative and/or the hedged item expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised;
it is no longer probable that the forecasted transaction will occur in the originally expected period;
a hedged firm commitment no longer meets the definition of a firm commitment; or
we determine that designating the derivative as a hedging instrument is no longer appropriate.

When hedge accounting is discontinued because we determine that the derivative no longer qualifies as an effective fair-value hedge of an existing hedged item, we either terminate the derivative or continue to carry the derivative on the statement of condition at its fair value or cease to adjust the hedged asset or liability for changes in fair value, and begin to amortize the cumulative basis adjustment on the hedged item into earnings over the remaining life of the hedged item using the level-yield

30


method.

When hedge accounting is discontinued because we determine that the derivative no longer qualifies as an effective cash-flow hedge of an existing hedged item, we continue to carry the derivative on the statement of condition at its fair value and amortize the cumulative other comprehensive loss adjustment to earnings when earnings are affected by the existing hedged item.

If it is no longer probable that a forecasted transaction will occur by the end of the originally expected period or within two months thereafter, we immediately recognize the gain or loss that was in accumulated other comprehensive loss in earnings. In rare cases we may discontinue cash-flow hedge accounting, but the existence of extenuating circumstances related to the nature of the forecasted transaction and that are outside of our control or influence may make it probable that the forecasted transaction occurs in the future, on a date that is beyond the additional two-month period of time. In such cases, the gain or loss on the derivative remains in accumulated other comprehensive loss and is recognized in earnings when the forecasted transaction occurs.

When hedge accounting is discontinued because the hedged item no longer meets the definition of a firm commitment, we continue to carry the derivative on the statement of condition at its fair value, removing from the statement of condition any asset or liability that was recorded to recognize the firm commitment and recording it as a gain or loss in current period earnings.

Embedded Derivatives. We may issue debt, make advances, or purchase financial instruments in which a derivative instrument is embedded. Upon execution of these transactions, we assess whether the economic characteristics of the embedded derivative are clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the remaining component of the advance, debt, deposit, or other financial instrument (the host contract) and whether a separate, nonembedded instrument with the same terms as the embedded instrument would meet the definition of a derivative instrument. When we determine that (1) the embedded derivative has economic characteristics that are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the host contract and (2) a separate, stand-alone instrument with the same terms would qualify as a derivative instrument, the embedded derivative is separated from the host contract, carried at fair value, and designated as a stand-alone derivative instrument. If the entire contract (the host contract and the embedded derivative) is to be measured at fair value, with changes in fair value reported in current earnings (for example, an investment security classified as trading, as well as hybrid financial instruments) or if we cannot reliably identify and measure the embedded derivative for purposes of separating that derivative from its host contract, the entire contract is carried on the statement of condition at fair value and no portion of the contract is designated as a hedging instrument. We have determined that all embedded derivatives in our currently outstanding transactions and financial instruments as of June 30, 2012, are clearly and closely related to the host contracts, and therefore no embedded derivatives have been bifurcated from the host contract.
Financial Statement Impact and Additional Financial Information. The notional amount of derivatives is a factor in determining periodic interest payments or cash flows received and paid. However, the notional amount of derivatives represents neither the actual amounts exchanged nor our overall exposure to credit and market risk. The risks of derivatives can be measured meaningfully on a portfolio basis that takes into account the derivatives, the item being hedged, and any offsets between the two.
The following table presents the fair value of derivative instruments as of June 30, 2012 (dollars in thousands):

31


 
Notional
Amount of
Derivatives
 
Derivative
Assets
 
Derivative
Liabilities
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments
 

 
 

 
 

Interest-rate swaps
$
16,297,972

 
$
117,762

 
$
(984,371
)
Interest-rate futures / forwards
1,250,000

 

 
(54,407
)
Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments
17,547,972

 
117,762

 
(1,038,778
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-rate swaps
335,750

 
9

 
(33,554
)
Interest-rate caps or floors
300,000

 
248

 

Mortgage-delivery commitments (1)
42,593

 
103

 
(10
)
Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
678,343

 
360

 
(33,564
)
Total notional amount of derivatives
$
18,226,315

 
 

 
 

Total derivatives before netting and collateral adjustments
 

 
118,122

 
(1,072,342
)
Netting adjustments (2)
 

 
(117,702
)
 
117,702

Cash collateral received from counterparties, including accrued interest
 

 
(317
)
 
(13
)
Derivative assets and derivative liabilities
 

 
$
103

 
$
(954,653
)
_______________________
(1)         Mortgage-delivery commitments are classified as derivatives with changes in fair value recorded in other income.
(2)         Amounts represent the effect of master-netting agreements intended to allow us to settle positive and negative positions.

The following table presents the fair value of derivative instruments as of December 31, 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 
Notional
Amount of
Derivatives
 
Derivative
Assets
 
Derivative
Liabilities
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments
 

 
 

 
 

Interest-rate swaps
$
19,326,022

 
$
229,091

 
$
(1,036,060
)
Interest-rate futures / forwards
700,000

 

 
(31,981
)
Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments
20,026,022

 
229,091

 
(1,068,041
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
 

 
 

 
 

Interest-rate swaps
235,750

 

 
(30,506
)
Interest-rate caps or floors
300,000

 
786

 

Mortgage-delivery commitments (1)
17,734

 
128

 

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
553,484

 
914

 
(30,506
)
Total notional amount of derivatives
$
20,579,506

 
 

 
 

Total derivatives before netting and collateral adjustments
 

 
230,005

 
(1,098,547
)
Netting adjustments (2)
 

 
(193,438
)
 
193,438

Cash collateral received from counterparties, including accrued interest
 

 
(20,046
)
 
(195
)
Derivative assets and derivative liabilities
 

 
$
16,521

 
$
(905,304
)
_______________________
(1)          Mortgage-delivery commitments are classified as derivatives with changes in fair value recorded in other income.
(2)         Amounts represent the effect of master-netting agreements intended to allow us to settle positive and negative positions.

Net (losses) gains on derivatives and hedging activities for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, and 2011, were as follows (dollars in thousands).


32


 
 
For the Three Months Ended June 30,
 
For the Six Months Ended June 30,
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Derivatives and hedged items in fair-value hedging relationships:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Interest-rate swaps
 
$
(1,402
)
 
$
669

 
$
(342
)
 
$
1,401

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Economic hedges:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      Interest-rate swaps
 
(7,553
)
 
(7,749
)
 
(6,862
)
 
(6,722
)
      Interest-rate caps or floors
 
(516
)
 
(1,140
)
 
(538
)
 
(1,151
)
   Mortgage-delivery commitments
 
1,309

 
346

 
1,319

 
419

Total net losses related to derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
 
(6,760
)
 
(8,543
)
 
(6,081
)
 
(7,454
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net losses on derivatives and hedging activities
 
$
(8,162
)
 
$
(7,874
)
 
$
(6,423
)
 
$
(6,053
)
The following tables present, by type of hedged item, the gains (losses) on derivatives and the related hedged items in fair-value hedge relationships and the impact of those derivatives on our net interest income for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, and 2011 (dollars in thousands):
 
For the Three Months Ended June 30, 2012
 
Gain/(Loss) on
Derivative
 
Gain/(Loss) on
Hedged Item
 
Net Fair-Value
Hedge
Ineffectiveness
 
Effect of
Derivatives on
Net Interest
Income (1)
Hedged Item:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Advances
$
13,891

 
$
(15,804
)
 
$
(1,913
)
 
$
(49,414
)
Investments
(62,448
)
 
62,559

 
111

 
(10,227
)
Deposits
(316
)
 
316

 

 
385

COs – bonds
(24,275
)
 
24,675

 
400

 
22,937

 
$
(73,148
)
 
$
71,746

 
$
(1,402
)
 
$
(36,319
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the Three Months Ended June 30, 2011
 
Gain/(Loss) on
Derivative

 
Gain/(Loss) on
Hedged Item

 
Net Fair-Value
Hedge
Ineffectiveness

 
Effect of
Derivatives on
Net Interest
Income (1)

Hedged Item:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Advances
$
(43,316
)
 
$
43,429

 
$
113

 
$
(72,546
)
Investments
(22,303
)
 
22,594

 
291

 
(12,034
)
Deposits
50

 
(50
)
 

 
393

COs – bonds
42,460

 
(42,195
)
 
265

 
42,429

 
$
(23,109
)
 
$
23,778

 
$
669

 
$
(41,758
)
_______________________
(1)  The net interest on derivatives in fair-value hedge relationships is presented in the interest income or interest expense of the respective hedged item in the statement of operations.


33


 
For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2012
 
Gain/(Loss) on
Derivative
 
Gain/(Loss) on
Hedged Item
 
Net Fair-Value
Hedge
Ineffectiveness
 
Effect of
Derivatives on
Net Interest
Income (1)
Hedged Item:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Advances
$
54,130

 
$
(55,682
)
 
$
(1,552
)
 
$
(103,679
)
Investments
(12,711
)
 
13,504

 
793

 
(20,370
)
Deposits
(615
)
 
615

 

 
766

COs – bonds
(102,167
)
 
102,584

 
417

 
47,890

 
$
(61,363
)
 
$
61,021

 
$
(342
)
 
$
(75,393
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2011
 
Gain/(Loss) on
Derivative

 
Gain/(Loss) on
Hedged Item

 
Net Fair-Value
Hedge
Ineffectiveness

 
Effect of
Derivatives on
Net Interest
Income (1)

Hedged Item:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Advances
$
48,950

 
$
(48,482
)
 
$
468

 
$
(149,809
)
Investments
363

 
346

 
709

 
(24,222
)
Deposits
(358
)
 
358

 

 
787

COs – bonds
1,133

 
(909
)
 
224

 
85,105

 
$
50,088

 
$
(48,687
)
 
$
1,401

 
$
(88,139
)
______________
(1)  The net interest on derivatives in fair-value hedge relationships is presented in the interest income or interest expense of the respective hedged item in the statement of operations.

The loss recognized in other comprehensive income for hedged items in cash-flow hedging relationships was $19.4 million and $1.7 million for the three months ended June 30, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

The loss recognized in other comprehensive income for hedged items in cash-flow hedging relationships was $22.4 million and $1.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012, and 2011, respectively.
For the six months ended June 30, 2012, there were no reclassifications from accumulated other comprehensive loss into earnings as a result of the discontinuance of cash-flow hedges because the original forecasted transactions were not expected to occur by the end of the originally specified time period or within a two-month period thereafter. The maximum length of time over which we are hedging our exposure to the variability in future cash flows for forecasted transactions is six years.
Managing Credit Risk on Derivatives. We are subject to credit risk on our hedging activities due to the risk of nonperformance by counterparties to the derivative agreements. The amount of potential counterparty risk depends on the extent to which master-netting arrangements are included in such contracts to mitigate the risk. We try to limit counterparty credit risk through our ongoing monitoring of counterparty creditworthiness and adherence to the requirements set forth in our policies and Finance Agency regulations. We require collateral agreements in connection with our derivatives transactions. These collateral agreements include collateral delivery thresholds. All counterparties must execute master-netting agreements prior to entering into any interest-rate-exchange agreement with us. These master-netting agreements contain bilateral-collateral exchange agreements that require that credit exposure beyond a defined threshold amount be secured by readily marketable, U.S. Treasury or GSE securities, or cash. The level of these collateral threshold amounts varies according to the counterparty's Standard & Poor's Ratings Services (S&P) or Moody's Investors Service (Moody's) long-term credit ratings. Credit exposures are then measured daily and adjustments to collateral positions are made in accordance with the terms of the master-netting agreements. These master-netting agreements also contain bilateral ratings-tied termination events permitting us to terminate all outstanding agreements with a counterparty in the event of a specified rating downgrade by Moody's or S&P. Based on credit analyses and collateral requirements, we do not anticipate any credit losses on our derivative agreements.
The table below presents credit-risk exposure on derivative instruments, excluding the amount of excess cash collateral received from counterparties in instances where a counterparty's pledged cash collateral to us exceeds our net position (dollars in thousands).

34


 
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
Total net exposure at fair value(1)
 
$
420

 
$
36,567

Less: cash collateral received from counterparties, including accrued interest
 
(317
)
 
(20,046
)
Net exposure after cash collateral
 
$
103

 
$
16,521

_______________________
(1)  Includes net accrued interest receivable of $0 and $988,000 at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively.

Certain of our master-netting agreements contain provisions that require us to post additional collateral with our counterparties if there is deterioration in our credit ratings. Under the terms that govern such agreements, if our credit rating is lowered by Moody's or S&P to a certain level, we are required to deliver additional collateral on derivative instruments in a net liability position. In the event of a split among such credit ratings, the lower ratings govern. The aggregate fair value of all derivative instruments with these provisions that were in a net liability position (before cash collateral and related accrued interest) at June 30, 2012, was $954.6 million for which we had delivered collateral with a post-haircut value of $822.3 million in accordance with the terms of the master-netting agreements. The following table sets forth the post-haircut value of incremental collateral that certain swap counterparties could have required us to deliver based on incremental credit rating downgrades at June 30, 2012 (dollars in thousands).

Post-haircut Value of Incremental Collateral to be Delivered
 as of June 30, 2012
Ratings Downgrade (1)
 
 
From
To
 
Incremental Collateral(2)
AA+
AA or AA-
 
$
40,523

AA-
A+, A or A-
 
61,521

A-
below A-
 
14,463

_______________________
(1)
Ratings are expressed in this table according to S&P's conventions but include the equivalent of such rating by Moody's and they represent the lower of our S&P and Moody's ratings.
(2) Additional collateral of $17.6 million could be called by counterparties as of June 30, 2012, at our current credit rating of AA+ (based on our lower of S&P and Moody's ratings) and is not included in the table.
We execute derivatives with nonmember counterparties with long-term ratings of single-A (or equivalent) or better by S&P, Moody's, and Fitch, Inc. (Fitch) at the time of the transaction, although risk-reducing trades are permitted for counterparties whose ratings have fallen below these ratings. Some of these counterparties or their affiliates buy, sell, and distribute COs. See Note 12 — Consolidated Obligations for additional information. See also Note 18 — Commitments and Contingencies for a discussion of assets we have pledged to these counterparties. We are not a derivatives dealer and do not trade derivatives for short-term profit.

Note 11 — Deposits
 
We offer demand and overnight deposits for members and qualifying nonmembers. In addition, we offer short-term interest-bearing deposit programs to members. Members that service mortgage loans may deposit funds collected in connection with mortgage loans pending disbursement of such funds to the owners of the mortgage loans. We classify these items as "other" in the following table.

Deposits at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, include hedging adjustments of $3.4 million and $4.0 million, respectively.

The following table details interest-bearing and non-interest-bearing deposits (dollars in thousands):

35


 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
Interest bearing
 

 
 
Demand and overnight
$
617,334

 
$
600,155

Term
22,050

 
22,401

Other
4,850

 
4,571

Non-interest bearing
 

 
 

Other
24,602

 
27,119

Total deposits
$
668,836

 
$
654,246


The aggregate amount of time deposits with a denomination of $100,000 or more was $20.0 million as of June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011.

Note 12 — Consolidated Obligations

COs consist of CO bonds and CO discount notes. CO bonds are issued primarily to raise intermediate and long-term funds and are not subject to any statutory or regulatory limits on maturity. CO discount notes are issued to raise short-term funds and have original maturities of up to one year. These notes sell at less than their face amount and are redeemed at par value when they mature.

The following table sets forth the outstanding CO bonds for which we were primarily liable at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, by year of contractual maturity (dollars in thousands):
 
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
Year of Contractual Maturity
Amount
 
Weighted
Average
Rate (1)
 
Amount
 
Weighted
Average
Rate (1)
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Due in one year or less
$
10,448,430

 
1.62
%
 
$
12,825,580

 
1.27
%
Due after one year through two years
6,056,870

 
1.68

 
7,196,250

 
2.04

Due after two years through three years
2,908,955

 
2.68

 
2,776,845

 
2.42

Due after three years through four years
2,660,570

 
2.62

 
1,964,000

 
3.20

Due after four years through five years
2,024,890

 
1.99

 
1,832,350

 
2.34

Thereafter
3,215,980

 
3.40

 
2,938,350

 
3.90

Total par value
27,315,695

 
2.08
%
 
29,533,375

 
2.03
%
Premiums
239,583

 
 

 
179,113

 
 

Discounts
(26,755
)
 
 

 
(29,833
)
 
 

Hedging adjustments
94,221

 
 

 
196,805

 
 

 
$
27,622,744

 
 

 
$
29,879,460

 
 

_______________________
(1)          The CO bonds' weighted-average rate excludes concession fees.

Our CO bonds outstanding at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, included (dollars in thousands):
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
Par value of CO bonds
 

 
 

Noncallable and non-putable
$
25,612,695

 
$
26,535,375

Callable
1,703,000

 
2,998,000

Total par value
$
27,315,695

 
$
29,533,375


The following is a summary of the CO Bonds for which we are primarily liable at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, by year of contractual maturity or next call date for callable CO bonds (dollars in thousands):

36


Year of Contractual Maturity or Next Call Date
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
Due in one year or less
 
$
11,873,430

 
$
14,425,580

Due after one year through two years
 
6,139,870

 
7,234,250

Due after two years through three years
 
2,733,955

 
2,531,845

Due after three years through four years
 
2,675,570

 
1,849,000

Due after four years through five years
 
1,929,890

 
1,387,350

Thereafter
 
1,962,980

 
2,105,350

Total par value
 
$
27,315,695

 
$
29,533,375


The following table sets forth the CO bonds for which we were primarily liable by interest-rate-payment type at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011 (dollars in thousands):
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
Par value of CO bonds
 

 
 

Fixed-rate
$
23,775,695

 
$
25,473,375

Simple variable-rate
3,210,000

 
3,350,000

Step-up
330,000

 
710,000

Total par value
$
27,315,695

 
$
29,533,375


At June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, 35.6 percent and 42.5 percent, respectively, of our fixed-rate CO bonds were swapped to a floating rate.

COs – Discount Notes. Outstanding CO discount notes for which we were primarily liable, all of which are due within one year, were as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
Book Value
 
Par Value
 
Weighted Average
Rate (1)
June 30, 2012
$
16,610,160

 
$
16,611,503

 
0.08
%
December 31, 2011
$
14,651,793

 
$
14,652,040

 
0.01
%
_______________________
(1)          The CO discount notes' weighted-average rate represents a yield to maturity excluding concession fees.

Note 13 — Affordable Housing Program
We charge the amount set aside for the AHP to income and recognize it as a liability. We then reduce the AHP liability as the funds are disbursed. We had outstanding principal in AHP advances of $98.9 million and $97.9 million at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively.
The following table is a roll-forward of the AHP liability for the six months ended June 30, 2012, and the year ended December 31, 2011 (dollars in thousands):
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
Balance at beginning of year
$
34,241

 
$
23,138

AHP expense for the period
11,485

 
17,812

AHP direct grant disbursements
(1,503
)
 
(5,775
)
AHP subsidy for AHP advance disbursements
(1,232
)
 
(1,371
)
Return of previously disbursed grants and subsidies
114

 
437

Balance at end of period
$
43,105

 
$
34,241


Note 14 — Capital
 
We are subject to capital requirements under our capital plan, the FHLBank Act and Finance Agency regulations:
 
1.               Risk-based capital. We are required to maintain at all times permanent capital, defined as Class B stock and retained earnings, in an amount at least equal to the sum of our credit-risk capital requirement, market-risk capital requirement,

37


and operations-risk capital requirement, calculated in accordance with Finance Agency rules and regulations, referred to herein as the risk-based capital requirement. Only permanent capital satisfies this risk-based capital requirement. The Finance Agency may require us to maintain a greater amount of permanent capital than is required as defined by the risk-based capital requirements.
 
2.               Total regulatory capital. We are required to maintain at all times a total capital-to-assets ratio of at least four percent. Total regulatory capital is the sum of permanent capital, any general loss allowance if consistent with GAAP and not established for specific assets, and other amounts from sources determined by the Finance Agency as available to absorb losses.
 
3.               Leverage capital. We are required to maintain at all times a leverage capital-to-assets ratio of at least five percent. A leverage capital-to-assets ratio is defined as permanent capital weighted 1.5 times divided by total assets.
 
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock, which is classified as a liability under GAAP, is considered capital for determining our compliance with our regulatory capital requirements.

The following tables demonstrate our compliance with our regulatory capital requirements at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011 (dollars in thousands):
Risk-Based Capital Requirements
June 30,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
 
 
 
 
Permanent capital
 

 
 

Class B capital stock
$
3,420,870

 
$
3,625,348

Mandatorily redeemable capital stock
215,863

 
227,429

Retained earnings
491,826

 
398,097

Total permanent capital
$
4,128,559

 
$
4,250,874

Risk-based capital requirement
 

 
 

Credit-risk capital
$
515,410

 
$
582,879

Market-risk capital
62,316

 
91,337

Operations-risk capital
173,317

 
202,265

Total risk-based capital requirement
$
751,043

 
$
876,481

Excess of risk-based capital requirement
$
3,377,516

 
$
3,374,393

 
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
 
 
Required
 
Actual
 
Required
 
Actual
Capital Ratio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk-based capital
 
$
751,043

 
$
4,128,559

 
$
876,481

 
$
4,250,874

Total regulatory capital
 
$
1,990,529

 
$
4,128,559

 
$
1,998,733

 
$
4,250,874

Total capital-to-asset ratio
 
4.0
%
 
8.3
%
 
4.0
%
 
8.5
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Leverage Ratio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Leverage capital
 
$
2,488,161

 
$
6,192,839

 
$
2,498,417

 
$
6,376,311

Leverage capital-to-assets ratio
 
5.0
%
 
12.4
%
 
5.0
%
 
12.8
%

Restricted Retained Earnings. Pursuant to a joint capital enhancement agreement among the FHLBanks, as amended (the Joint Capital Agreement), and our capital plan, we, together with the other FHLBanks, are required to contribute 20 percent of our quarterly net income to a restricted retained earnings account until the balance of that account equals at least one percent of the FHLBank's average balance of outstanding COs (excluding fair-value adjustments) for the calendar quarter. At June 30, 2012, our contribution requirement totaled $407.3 million. As of June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, restricted retained earnings totaled $43.5 million and $22.9 million, respectively.

Note 15 — Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

The following table presents a summary of changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss for the six months ended June 30,

38


2012, and 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 
 
Net Unrealized Loss on Available-for-Sale Securities
 
Net Noncredit Portion of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Losses on Held-to-Maturity Securities
 
Net Unrealized Loss Relating to Hedging Activities
 
Pension and Postretirement Benefits
 
Total Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
Balance, December 31, 2010
 
$
(15,193
)
 
$
(621,528
)
 
$
(341
)
 
$
(1,049
)
 
$
(638,111
)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
 
12,036

 
132,641

 
(1,678
)
 
(149
)
 
142,850

Balance, June 30, 2011
 
$
(3,157
)
 
$
(488,887
)
 
$
(2,019
)
 
$
(1,198
)
 
$
(495,261
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2011
 
$
(48,560
)
 
$
(450,996
)
 
$
(32,308
)
 
$
(2,547
)
 
$
(534,411
)
Other comprehensive (loss) income
 
(1,882
)
 
30,604

 
(22,419
)
 
(334
)
 
5,969

Balance, June 30, 2012
 
$
(50,442
)
 
$
(420,392
)
 
$
(54,727
)
 
$
(2,881
)
 
$
(528,442
)

Note 16 — Employee Retirement Plans
 
Qualified Defined Benefit Multiemployer Plan. We participate in the Pentegra Defined Benefit Plan for Financial Institutions (the Pentegra Defined Benefit Plan), a funded, tax-qualified, noncontributory defined-benefit pension plan. The Pentegra Defined Benefit Plan is treated as a multiemployer plan for accounting purposes, but operates as a multiple-employer plan under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the Internal Revenue Code. Accordingly, certain multiemployer plan disclosures, including the certified zone status, are not applicable to the Pentegra Defined Benefit Plan. Under the Pentegra Defined Benefit Plan, contributions made by a participating employer may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers since assets contributed by an employer are not segregated in a separate account or restricted to provide benefits only to employees of that employer. Also, in the event a participating employer is unable to meet its contribution requirements, the required contributions for the other participating employers could increase proportionately. The plan covers substantially all of our officers and employees. The following table shows the net pension cost charged to compensation and benefits expense (dollars in thousands).

 
For the Three Months Ended June 30,
 
For the Six Months Ended June 30,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Net pension cost
$
1,027

 
$
924

 
$
2,108

 
$
1,848


Qualified Defined Contribution Plan. We also participate in the Pentegra Defined Contribution Plan for Financial
Institutions, a tax-qualified defined contribution plan. The plan covers substantially all of our officers and employees. We contribute a percentage of the participants' compensation by making a matching contribution equal to a percentage of voluntary employee contributions, subject to certain limitations. Our matching contributions are charged to compensation and benefits expense.

Nonqualified Defined Contribution Plan. We also maintain the Thrift Benefit Equalization Plan, a nonqualified, unfunded deferred compensation plan covering certain of our senior officers and directors. The plan's liability consists of the accumulated compensation deferrals and the accumulated earnings on these deferrals. Our obligation from this plan, was $3.4 million and $3.2 million at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively. We maintain a rabbi trust intended to satisfy future benefit obligations.

The following table sets forth expenses relating to our defined contribution plans (dollars in thousands):


39


 
For the Three Months Ended June 30,
 
For the Six Months Ended June 30,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Qualified Defined Contribution Plan - Pentegra Defined Contribution Plan
$
241

 
$
217

 
$
481

 
$
434

Nonqualified Defined Contribution Plan - Thrift Benefit Equalization Plan
6

 
11

 
69

 
52


Nonqualified Supplemental Defined Benefit Retirement Plan. We also maintain a nonqualified, unfunded defined-benefit plan covering certain senior officers. We maintain a rabbi trust intended to meet future benefit obligations.

Postretirement Benefits. We sponsor a fully insured postretirement benefit program that includes life insurance benefits for eligible retirees. We provide life insurance to all employees who retire on or after age 55 after completing six years of service. No contributions are required from the retirees. There are no funded plan assets that have been designated to provide postretirement benefits.

In connection with the nonqualified supplemental defined benefit retirement plan and postretirement benefits, we recorded the following amounts as of June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011 (dollars in thousands):
 
 
Nonqualified Supplemental Defined Benefit Retirement Plan
 
Postretirement Benefits 
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
Change in benefit obligation (1)
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Benefit obligation at beginning of year
$
5,901

 
$
3,859

 
$
634

 
$
499

Service cost
179

 
261

 
16

 
25

Interest cost
126

 
238

 
14

 
26

Actuarial loss (gain)
574

 
1,543

 
(3
)
 
97

Benefits paid
(301
)
 

 
(9
)
 
(13
)
Benefit obligation at end of period
6,479

 
5,901

 
652

 
634

Change in plan assets
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

 

 

 

Employer contribution
301

 

 
9

 
13

Benefits paid
(301
)
 

 
(9
)
 
(13
)
Fair value of plan assets at end of period

 

 

 

Funded status at end of period
$
(6,479
)
 
$
(5,901
)
 
$
(652
)
 
$
(634
)
______________________
(1)      This represents projected benefit obligation for the nonqualified supplemental defined benefit retirement plan and accumulated postretirement benefit obligation for postretirement benefits.

The following table presents the components of net periodic benefit cost and other amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss for our nonqualified supplemental defined benefit retirement plan and postretirement benefits for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, and 2011 (dollars in thousands):

40


 
 
Nonqualified Supplemental Defined Benefit Retirement Plan For the Three Months Ended June 30,
 
Postretirement
Benefits For the Three Months Ended June 30,
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Net Periodic Benefit Cost
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Service cost
 
$
97

 
$
66

 
$
8

 
$
6

Interest cost
 
63

 
56

 
7

 
6

Amortization of net actuarial loss
 
160

 
47

 
1

 

Net periodic benefit cost
 
$
320

 
$
169

 
$
16

 
$
12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonqualified Supplemental Defined Benefit Retirement Plan For the Six Months Ended June 30,
 
Postretirement
Benefits For the Six Months Ended June 30,
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Net Periodic Benefit Cost
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Service cost
 
$
179

 
$
120

 
$
16

 
$
13

Interest cost
 
126

 
109

 
14

 
13

Amortization of net actuarial loss
 
233

 
71

 
4

 
1

Net periodic benefit cost
 
$
538

 
$
300

 
$
34

 
$
27


Note 17 — Fair Values
 
The carrying values, fair values and fair-value hierarchy of our financial instruments at June 30, 2012 were as follows (dollars in thousands):

41


 
June 30, 2012
 
Carrying
Value
 
Total Fair Value
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Netting Adjustments and Cash Collateral
Financial instruments
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and due from banks
$
473,209

 
$
473,209

 
$
473,209

 
$

 
$

 
$

Interest-bearing deposits
250

 
250

 
250

 

 

 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell
6,000,000

 
5,999,938

 

 
5,999,938

 

 

Federal funds sold
1,000,000

 
999,991

 

 
999,991

 

 

Trading securities(1)
275,741

 
275,741

 

 
275,741

 

 

Available-for-sale securities(1)
6,093,509

 
6,093,509

 

 
6,093,509

 

 

Held-to-maturity securities(2)
5,994,444

 
6,079,552

 

 
4,570,891

 
1,508,661

 

Advances
26,456,739

 
26,909,443

 

 
26,909,443

 

 

Mortgage loans, net
3,311,457

 
3,503,653

 

 
3,503,653

 

 

Accrued interest receivable
108,230

 
108,230

 

 
108,230

 

 

Derivative assets(1)
103

 
103

 

 
118,122

 

 
(118,019
)
Liabilities:


 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
(668,836
)
 
(668,678
)
 

 
(668,678
)
 

 

COs:


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bonds
(27,622,744
)
 
(28,372,716
)
 

 
(28,372,716
)
 

 

Discount notes
(16,610,160
)
 
(16,610,265
)
 

 
(16,610,265
)
 

 

Mandatorily redeemable capital stock
(215,863
)
 
(215,863
)
 
(215,863
)
 

 

 

Accrued interest payable
(107,312
)
 
(107,312
)
 

 
(107,312
)
 

 

Derivative liabilities(1)
(954,653
)
 
(954,653
)
 

 
(1,072,342
)
 

 
117,689

Other:


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commitments to extend credit for advances

 
1,046

 

 
1,046

 

 

Standby bond-purchase agreements

 
907

 

 
907

 

 

Standby letters of credit
(480
)
 
(480
)
 

 
(480
)
 

 

_______________________
(1)
Carried at fair value on a recurring basis.
(2)
Private-label residential MBS and HFA securities are categorized as Level 3. Private-label residential MBS that have suffered other than temporary impairments are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. See the recurring and nonrecurring tables for more details.

The carrying values and fair values of our financial instruments at December 31, 2011, were as follows (dollars in thousands):


42


 
December 31, 2011
 
Carrying
Value
 
Fair
Value
Financial instruments
 

 
 

Assets:
 

 
 

Cash and due from banks
$
112,094

 
$
112,094

Interest-bearing deposits
177

 
177

Securities purchased under agreements to resell
6,900,000

 
6,899,645

Federal funds sold
2,270,000

 
2,269,951

Trading securities
274,164

 
274,164

Available-for-sale securities
5,280,199

 
5,280,199

Held-to-maturity securities
6,655,008

 
6,663,066

Advances
25,194,898

 
25,718,265

Mortgage loans, net
3,109,223

 
3,305,265

Accrued interest receivable
116,517

 
116,517

Derivative assets
16,521

 
16,521

Liabilities:
 

 
 

Deposits
(654,246
)
 
(654,094
)
COs:
 
 
 
Bonds
(29,879,460
)
 
(30,655,174
)
Discount notes
(14,651,793
)
 
(14,651,926
)
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock
(227,429
)
 
(227,429
)
Accrued interest payable
(110,782
)
 
(110,782
)
Derivative liabilities
(905,304
)
 
(905,304
)
Other:
 
 
 
Commitments to extend credit for advances

 
2,612

Standby bond-purchase agreements

 
1,814

Standby letters of credit
(625
)
 
(625
)

Fair-Value Methodologies and Techniques.
 
We have determined the fair-value amounts above by using available market information and our best judgment of appropriate valuation methods. These estimates are based on pertinent information available to us at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011. Although we use our best judgment in estimating the fair value of these financial instruments, there are inherent limitations in any estimation technique or valuation methodology. For example, because an active secondary market does not exist for a portion of our financial instruments, in certain cases, fair values are not subject to precise quantification or verification and may change as economic and market factors and evaluation of those factors change. Therefore, these fair values are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that would be realized in current market transactions, although they do reflect our judgment of how a market participant would estimate the fair values. The fair-value summary table above does not represent an estimate of our overall market value as a going concern, which would take into account future business opportunities and the net profitability of assets versus liabilities.
 
Fair-Value Hierarchy. Fair value is the price in an orderly transaction between market participants to sell an asset or transfer a liability in the principal (or most advantageous) market for the asset or liability at the measurement date (an exit price).

We record trading securities, available-for-sale securities, derivative assets, and derivative liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis and on occasion, certain private-label MBS and REO on a nonrecurring basis. The fair value hierarchy requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The inputs are evaluated and an overall level for the fair value measurement is determined. This overall level is an indication of market observability of the fair value measurement for the asset or liability.
 
The fair-value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value into three broad levels:

Level 1                   Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in an active market that the reporting entity
can access on the measurement date.

43


 
Level 2                    Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. If the asset or liability has a specified or contractual term, a Level 2 input must be observable for substantially the full term of the asset or liability. Level 2 inputs include the following: (1) quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; (2) quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; (3) inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (e.g., interest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals, volatilities, and prepayment speeds); and (4) inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data (e.g., implied spreads).
 
Level 3                     Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.
 
We review the fair-value hierarchy classifications on a quarterly basis. Changes in the observability of the valuation inputs may result in a reclassification of certain assets or liabilities. These reclassifications are reported as transfers in/out as of the beginning of the quarter in which the changes occur. There were no such transfers during the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011.

Summary of Valuation Techniques and Significant Inputs

Cash and Due from Banks. The fair value approximates the recorded carrying value.
 
Interest-Bearing Deposits. The fair value approximates the recorded carrying value.
 
Securities Purchased under Agreements to Resell. The fair value is determined by calculating the present value of expected future cash flows. The discount rates used in these calculations are the rates for securities with similar terms.

Federal Funds Sold. The fair value is determined by calculating the present value of the expected future cash flows. The discount rates used in these calculations are the rates for federal funds with similar terms.

Investment Securities. We determine the fair values of our investment securities, other than HFA floating-rate securities, based on prices obtained for each of these securities that we request from four designated third-party pricing vendors. The fair value of each such security is the average of such vendor prices that are within a cluster pricing tolerance range. A cluster is defined as a group of available vendor prices for a given security that is within a defined price tolerance range of the median vendor price depending on the security type. An outlier is any vendor price that is outside of the defined cluster and is evaluated for reasonableness. The use of the average of available vendor prices within a cluster and the evaluation of reasonableness of outlier prices does not discard available information. In addition, we review the fair values the method produces for reasonableness.

We request prices on each of our securities subject to this fair-value method from four third-party vendors, when available. These pricing vendors use methods that generally employ, but are not limited to, benchmark yields, recent trades, dealer estimates, valuation models, benchmarking of like securities, sector groupings, and/or matrix pricing. We establish a median price for each security using a formula that is based on the number of prices received:

If four prices are received, the average of the two middle prices is used;
if three prices are received, the middle price is used;
if two prices are received, the average of the two prices is used; and
if one price is received, it is used subject to validation as described below.

Vendor prices that are outside of a defined cluster are identified as outliers and are subject to additional review including, but not limited to, comparison to prices provided by an additional third-party valuation service, prices for similar securities, and/or non-binding dealer estimates, or use of internal model prices, which we believe reflect the facts and circumstances that a market participant would consider. We also perform this analysis in those limited instances where no third-party vendor price or only one third-party vendor price is available to determine fair value. If the analysis indicates that an outlier (or outliers) is (are) not representative of fair value and that the average of the vendor prices within the tolerance threshold of the median price is the best estimate, then we use the average of the vendor prices within the tolerance threshold of the median price as the final price. If, on the other hand, we determine that an outlier (or some other price identified in the analysis) is a better estimate of fair value, then the outlier (or the other price as appropriate) is used as the final price. In all cases, the final price is used to determine the fair value of the security.

44



As of June 30, 2012, four vendor prices were received for 91 percent of our investment securities and the final prices for substantially all of those securities were computed by averaging the four prices. Substantially all of our securities were priced by at least three vendors. The relative proximity of the prices received supports our conclusion that the final computed prices are reasonable estimates of fair value. Based on the current lack of market activity for private-label residential MBS, the nonrecurring fair-value measurements for such securities as of June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, fell within Level 3 of the fair-value hierarchy. Our fixed-rate HFA securities also fall within Level 3 of the fair-value hierarchy due to the current lack of market activities for these bonds.

Investment SecuritiesHFA Floating Rate Securities. The fair value is determined by calculating the present value of the expected future cash flows. The discount rates used in these calculations are the rates for securities with similar terms. Our floating rate HFA securities also fall within level 3 of the fair-value hierarchy due to the current lack of market activities for these bonds.
 
Advances. We determine the fair value of advances by calculating the present value of expected future cash flows from the advances and excluding the amount of accrued interest receivable. The discount rates used in these calculations are the current replacement rates for advances with similar terms. We calculate our replacement advance rates at a spread to our cost of funds. Our cost of funds approximates the CO curve. See — COs within this note for a discussion of the CO curve. We use market-based expectations of future interest-rate volatility implied from current market prices for similar options to estimate the fair values of advances with optionality. In accordance with the Finance Agency's advances regulations, advances with a maturity or repricing period greater than six months require a prepayment fee sufficient to make us financially indifferent to the borrower's decision to prepay the advances. Therefore, the fair value of advances does not assume prepayment risk. We do not account for credit risk in determining the fair value of our advances due to the strong credit protections that mitigate the credit risk associated with advances. Collateral requirements for advances provide surety for the repayment such that the probability of credit losses on advances is very low. We have the ability to establish a blanket lien on all financial assets of most members, and in the case of federally insured depository institutions, our lien has a statutory priority over all other creditors with respect to collateral that has not been perfected by other parties. All of these factors serve to mitigate credit risk on advances.

Mortgage Loans. The fair values for mortgage loans are determined based on quoted market prices of similar mortgage-loans adjusted for credit and liquidity risk.
REO. Fair value is derived from third-party valuations of the property, which fall within level 3 of the fair-value hierarchy.
Accrued Interest Receivable and Payable. The fair value approximates the recorded carrying value.
 
Derivative Assets/LiabilitiesInterest-Rate-Exchange Agreements. We base the fair values of interest-rate-exchange agreements on available market prices of derivatives having similar terms, including accrued interest receivable and payable. The fair value is based on the LIBOR swap curve and forward rates at period-end and, for agreements containing options, the market's expectations of future interest-rate volatility implied from current market prices of similar options. The fair-value methodology uses standard valuation techniques for derivatives such as discounted cash-flow analysis and comparisons with similar instruments. The discounted cash-flow model uses market-observable inputs (inputs that are actively quoted and can be validated to external sources). The fair values are netted by counterparty, including cash collateral received from or delivered to the counterparty, where an offset right exists. If these netted amounts are positive, they are classified as an asset, and if negative, they are classified as a liability. We enter into master-netting agreements for interest-rate-exchange agreements with institutions that have long-term senior unsecured credit ratings that are at or above single-A (or equivalent) by S&P and Moody's. We maintain master-netting agreements, which include bilateral collateral agreements, to reduce our exposure to counterparty defaults. These bilateral-collateral agreements require credit exposures beyond a defined threshold amount to be secured by U.S. government or GSE-issued securities or cash. All of these factors serve to mitigate credit and nonperformance risk to us. We generally use a midmarket pricing convention based on the bid-ask spread as a practical expedient for fair-value measurements. Because these estimates are made at a specific point in time, they are susceptible to material near-term changes. We have evaluated the potential for the fair value of the instruments to be affected by counterparty risk and our own credit risk and have determined that no adjustments were significant to the overall fair value measurements.
 
Derivative Assets/LiabilitiesCommitments to Invest in Mortgage Loans. Commitments to invest in mortgage loans are recorded as derivatives in the statement of condition. The fair values of such commitments are based on the end-of-day delivery commitment prices provided by the FHLBank of Chicago and a spread, which are derived from MBS to-be-announced delivery commitment prices with adjustment for the contractual features of the MPF program, such as servicing and credit-enhancement features.
 

45


Deposits. The fair value of a majority of deposits are equal to their carrying value because the deposits are primarily overnight or due on demand. We determine the fair values of term deposits by calculating the present value of expected future cash flows from the deposits and reducing this amount by any accrued interest payable. The discount rates used in these calculations are the costs of currently-issued deposits with similar terms.
 
COs. We estimate fair values based on the cost of issuing comparable term debt, excluding non-interest selling costs. Fair values of COs without embedded options are determined based on internal valuation models which use market-based yield curve inputs obtained from the Office of Finance (the FHLBanks' agent that issues and services COs). Fair values of COs with embedded options are determined by internal valuation models with market-based inputs obtained from the Office of Finance and derivative dealers. Our internal valuation models use standard valuation techniques and estimate fair values based on the following inputs.
 
CO Curve. The Office of Finance constructs an internal yield curve, referred to as the CO curve, using the U.S. Treasury curve as a base yield curve that is then adjusted by adding indicative spreads obtained from market observable sources. These market indications are generally derived from pricing indications from dealers, historical pricing relationships, recent GSE debt trades, and secondary market activity.

Volatility Assumption. To estimate the fair values of consolidated obligations with optionality, we use market-based expectations of future interest-rate volatility implied from current market prices for similar options.

Mandatorily Redeemable Capital Stock. The fair value of capital stock subject to mandatory redemption is generally equal to its par as indicated by contemporaneous member purchases and sales at par value. Fair value also includes an estimated dividend earned at the time of reclassification from equity to liabilities, until such amount is paid, and any subsequently declared dividend. Capital stock can only be acquired by our members at par value and redeemed at par value. Our capital stock is not traded and no market mechanism exists for the exchange of capital stock outside of our cooperative structure.
 
Commitments. The fair value of our standby bond-purchase agreements is based on the present value of the estimated fees we receive for providing these agreements discounted at yields comparable to those of the related bonds, taking into account the remaining terms of such agreements. For fixed-rate advance commitments, fair value also considers the difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed rates.
 
Subjectivity of Estimates. Estimates of the fair value of financial assets and liabilities using the methodologies described
above are highly subjective and require judgments regarding significant matters such as the amount and timing of future cash
flows, prepayment speed assumptions, expected interest rate volatility, possible distributions of future interest rates used to
value options, and the selection of discount rates that appropriately reflect market and credit risks. The use of different
assumptions could have a material effect on the fair-value estimates. Since these estimates are made as of a specific point in time, they are susceptible to material near-term changes.

Fair Value Measured on a Recurring Basis.

The following tables present our assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on the statement of condition, which are recorded on a recurring basis at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, by fair-value hierarchy level (dollars in thousands):
 

46


 
June 30, 2012
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Netting
Adjustment (1)
 
Total
Assets:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Trading securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government-guaranteed – residential MBS
$

 
$
17,880

 
$

 
$

 
$
17,880

GSEs – residential MBS

 
5,803

 

 

 
5,803

GSEs – commercial MBS

 
252,058

 

 

 
252,058

Total trading securities

 
275,741

 

 

 
275,741

Available-for-sale securities:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Supranational institutions

 
472,277

 

 

 
472,277

Corporate bonds (2)

 
359,660

 

 

 
359,660

U.S. government-owned corporations

 
290,771

 

 

 
290,771

GSEs

 
2,359,466

 

 

 
2,359,466

U.S. government guaranteed – residential MBS

 
80,580

 

 

 
80,580

GSEs – residential MBS

 
2,428,289

 

 

 
2,428,289

GSEs – commercial MBS

 
102,466

 

 

 
102,466

Total available-for-sale securities

 
6,093,509

 

 

 
6,093,509

Derivative assets:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Interest-rate-exchange agreements

 
118,019

 

 
(118,019
)
 

Mortgage delivery commitments

 
103

 

 

 
103

Total derivative assets

 
118,122

 

 
(118,019
)
 
103

Total assets at fair value
$

 
$
6,487,372

 
$

 
$
(118,019
)
 
$
6,369,353

Liabilities:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Derivative liabilities
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Interest-rate-exchange agreements
$

 
$
(1,072,332
)
 
$

 
$
117,689

 
$
(954,643
)
Mortgage delivery commitments

 
(10
)
 

 

 
(10
)
Total liabilities at fair value
$

 
$
(1,072,342
)
 
$

 
$
117,689

 
$
(954,653
)
_______________________
(1)        These amounts represent the effect of master-netting agreements intended to allow us to settle positive and negative positions and also cash collateral held or placed with the same counterparty. Net cash collateral associated with derivatives, including accrued interest, as of June 30, 2012, totaled $330,000.
(2)
These securities are corporate debentures guaranteed by the FDIC under the FDIC's Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. The FDIC guarantee carries the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.


47


 
December 31, 2011
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Netting
Adjustment (1)
 
Total
Assets:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Trading securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government-guaranteed – residential MBS
$

 
$
18,880

 
$

 
$

 
$
18,880

GSEs – residential MBS

 
6,663

 

 

 
6,663

GSEs – commercial MBS

 
248,621

 

 

 
248,621

Total trading securities

 
274,164

 

 

 
274,164

Available-for-sale securities:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Supranational institutions

 
469,242

 

 

 
469,242

Corporate bonds (2)

 
564,312

 

 

 
564,312

U.S. government-owned corporations

 
284,844

 

 

 
284,844

GSEs

 
2,782,421

 

 

 
2,782,421

U.S. government guaranteed – residential MBS

 
91,228

 

 

 
91,228

GSEs – residential MBS

 
984,808

 

 

 
984,808

GSEs – commercial MBS

 
103,344

 

 

 
103,344

Total available-for-sale securities

 
5,280,199

 

 

 
5,280,199

Derivative assets:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Interest-rate-exchange agreements

 
229,877

 

 
(213,484
)
 
16,393

Mortgage delivery commitments

 
128

 

 

 
128

Total derivative assets

 
230,005

 

 
(213,484
)
 
16,521

Total assets at fair value
$

 
$
5,784,368

 
$

 
$
(213,484
)
 
$
5,570,884

Liabilities:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Derivative liabilities
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Interest-rate-exchange agreements
$

 
$
(1,098,547
)
 
$

 
$
193,243

 
$
(905,304
)
Total liabilities at fair value
$

 
$
(1,098,547
)
 
$

 
$
193,243

 
$
(905,304
)
_______________________
(1)         These amounts represent the effect of master-netting agreements intended to allow us to settle positive and negative positions and also cash collateral held or placed with the same counterparty. Net cash collateral associated with derivatives, including accrued interest, as of December 31, 2011, totaled $20.2 million.
(2)
These securities are corporate debentures guaranteed by the FDIC under the FDIC's Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. The FDIC guarantee carries the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.

Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

We measure certain held-to-maturity investment securities and REO at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, that is, they are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair-value adjustments only in certain circumstances (for example, upon recognizing an other-than-temporary impairment on a held-to-maturity security).
 
The following tables present the fair value of financial assets by level within the fair-value hierarchy which are recorded on a nonrecurring basis at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011 (dollars in thousands).
 
 
June 30, 2012
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
Held-to-maturity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Private-label residential MBS
$

 
$

 
$
75,316

 
$
75,316

REO

 

 
888

 
888

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis
$

 
$


$
76,204

 
$
76,204


48



 
December 31, 2011
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
Held-to-maturity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Private-label residential MBS
$

 
$

 
$
148,952

 
$
148,952

REO

 

 
905

 
905

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis
$

 
$

 
$
149,857

 
$
149,857


Note 18 — Commitments and Contingencies
 
Joint and Several Liability. COs are backed by the financial resources of the FHLBanks. The Finance Agency has authority to require any FHLBank to repay all or a portion of the principal and interest on COs for which another FHLBank is the primary obligor. No FHLBank has ever been asked or required to repay the principal or interest on any CO on behalf of another FHLBank. We evaluate the financial condition of the other FHLBanks primarily based on known regulatory actions, publicly available financial information, and individual long-term credit-rating action as of each period-end presented. Based on this evaluation, as of June 30, 2012, and through the filing of this report, we do not believe that it is reasonably likely that we will be required to repay the principal or interest on any CO on behalf of another FHLBank.

We have considered applicable FASB guidance and determined it is not necessary to recognize a liability for the fair value of our joint and several liability for all of the COs. The joint and several obligation is mandated by Finance Agency regulations and is not the result of an arms-length transaction among the FHLBanks. The FHLBanks have no control over the amount of the guaranty or the determination of how each FHLBank would perform under the joint and several obligation. Because the FHLBanks are subject to the authority of the Finance Agency as it relates to decisions involving the allocation of the joint and several liability for the FHLBanks' COs, the FHLBanks' joint and several obligation is excluded from the initial recognition and measurement provisions. Accordingly, we have not recognized a liability for our joint and several obligation related to other FHLBanks' COs at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011. The par amounts of other FHLBanks' outstanding COs for which we are jointly and severally liable totaled approximately $641.2 billion and $647.7 billion at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively. See Note 12 — COs for additional information.

Off-Balance-Sheet Commitments

The following table sets forth our off-balance-sheet commitments as of June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
 
 
Expire within one year
 
Expire after one year
 
Total
 
Expire within one year
 
Expire after one year
 
Total
Standby letters of credit outstanding (1)
 
$
769,747

 
$
451,938

 
$
1,221,685

 
$
832,140

 
$
402,932

 
$
1,235,072

Commitments for standby bond purchases
 
151,615

 
10,000

 
161,615

 

 
191,065

 
191,065

Commitments for unused lines of credit - advances (2)
 
1,275,382

 

 
1,275,382

 
1,287,084

 

 
1,287,084

Commitments to make additional advances
 
52,084

 
62,046

 
114,130

 
26,264

 
54,281

 
80,545

Commitments to invest in mortgage loans
 
42,593

 

 
42,593

 
17,734

 

 
17,734

Unsettled CO bonds, at par (3)
 
195,220

 

 
195,220

 
165,300

 

 
165,300

Unsettled CO discount notes, at par
 
1,956

 

 
1,956

 

 

 

__________________________
(1)
This row excludes commitments to issue standby letters of credit that expire within one year totaling $21.8 million and $21.1 million as of June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively.

49


(2)
Commitments for unused line-of-credit advances are generally for periods of up to 12 months. Since many of these commitments are not expected to be drawn upon, the total commitment amount does not necessarily indicate future liquidity requirements.
(3) We had $155.0 million in unsettled CO bonds that were hedged with associated interest-rate swaps at June 30, 2012. We had $15.0 million in unsettled CO bonds that were hedged with associated interest-rate swaps at December 31, 2011.

Standby Letters of Credit. Standby letters of credit are executed with members or housing associates for a fee. A standby letter of credit is a financing arrangement between us and a member or housing associate pursuant to which we (for a fee) agree to fund the associated member's or housing associate's obligation to a third-party beneficiary should that member or housing associate fail to fund such obligation. If we are required to make payment for a beneficiary's draw, the payment amount is converted into a collateralized advance to the member or housing associate. The original terms of these standby letters of credit range from final expiries in two months to 20 years. Our unearned fees for the value of the guarantees related to standby letters of credit are recorded in other liabilities and totaled $480,000 and $625,000 at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively.
We monitor the creditworthiness of our members and housing associates that have standby letter of credit agreements outstanding based on our evaluations of the financial condition of the member or housing associate. We review available financial data, which can include regulatory call reports filed by depository institution members, regulatory financial statements filed with the appropriate state insurance department by insurance company members, audited financial statements of housing associates, SEC filings, and rating-agency reports to ensure that potentially troubled members are identified as soon as possible. In addition, we have access to most members' regulatory examination reports. We analyze this information on a regular basis.
Standby letters of credit are fully collateralized at the time of issuance. Based on our credit analyses and collateral requirements, we have not deemed it necessary to record any additional liability on these commitments.
Standby Bond-Purchase Agreements. We enter into standby bond-purchase agreements with state housing authorities whereby we, for a fee, agree to purchase and hold the housing authority’s bonds until the designated remarketing agent can find an investor or the housing authority repurchases the bonds according to a schedule established by the standby bond-purchase agreement. Each standby bond-purchase agreement specifies the terms that would require us to purchase the bonds. The standby bond-purchase commitments we entered into expire between one and three years following the start of the commitment, currently no later than 2013. At each of June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, we had standby bond purchase agreements with one state housing authority. During the six months ended June 30, 2012, and year ended December 31, 2011, we were not required to purchase any bonds under these agreements.
Commitments to Invest in Mortgage Loans. Commitments to invest in mortgage loans are generally for periods not to exceed 45 business days. Such commitments are recorded as derivatives at their fair values on the statement of condition.
 
Pledged Collateral. We execute new derivatives with counterparties with long-term ratings of single-A (or equivalent) or better by both S&P and Moody’s. All derivatives are subject to master-netting agreements which include bilateral-collateral agreements. Derivatives with counterparties rated lower than single-A (or equivalent) are permitted only if they reduce exposure to that counterparty. As of June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, we had pledged as collateral securities with a carrying value, including accrued interest, of $810.9 million and $765.7 million, respectively, to counterparties that have credit-risk exposure to us related to derivatives. These amounts pledged as collateral were subject to contractual agreements whereby some counterparties had the right to sell or repledge the collateral.

Legal Proceedings. We are subject to various legal proceedings arising in the normal course of business from time to time. Management does not anticipate that the ultimate liability, if any, arising out of these matters will have a material effect on the Bank’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

Note 19 — Transactions with Related Parties
 
We define related parties as those members whose capital stock holdings are in excess of 10 percent of total capital stock outstanding. The following table presents member holdings of 10 percent or more of total capital stock outstanding at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
 
Capital Stock
Outstanding
 
Percent
of Total
 
Capital Stock
Outstanding
 
Percent
of Total
Bank of America Rhode Island, N.A. (1)
$
978,084

 
26.9
%
 
$
1,084,710

 
28.2
%
RBS Citizens N.A.
484,517

 
13.3

 
515,748

 
13.4


50


_________________________
(1)
Capital stock outstanding at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, includes $1.9 million and $2.2 million, respectively, held by CW Reinsurance Company, a subsidiary of Bank of America Corporation.

The following table presents outstanding advances to related parties and total accrued interest receivable from those advances as of June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011 (dollars in thousands):
 
Par
Value of
Advances
 
Percent of Total Par Value
of Advances
 
Total Accrued
Interest
Receivable
 
Percent of Total
Accrued Interest
Receivable on
Advances
As of June 30, 2012
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

RBS Citizens N.A.
$
5,070,218

 
19.6
%
 
$
450

 
1.1
%
Bank of America Rhode Island, N.A.
1,597,457

 
6.2

 
739

 
1.8

As of December 31, 2011
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

RBS Citizens N.A.
$
4,620,022

 
18.8
%
 
$
335

 
0.7
%
Bank of America Rhode Island, N.A.
96,261

 
0.4

 
454

 
1.0

 
The following table presents an analysis of advances activity with related parties for the six months ended June 30, 2012 (dollars in thousands):
 
 
 
For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2012
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2011
 
Disbursements to
Members
 
Payments from
Members
 
Balance at June 30, 2012
RBS Citizens N.A.
$
4,620,022

 
$
8,750,570

 
$
(8,300,374
)
 
$
5,070,218

Bank of America Rhode Island, N.A.
96,261

 
1,507,426

 
(6,230
)
 
1,597,457


We recognized interest income on outstanding advances from the above members during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
 
For the Three Months Ended June 30,
 
For the Six Months Ended June 30,
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Bank of America Rhode Island, N.A.
 
$
1,626

 
$
3,187

 
$
2,977

 
$
7,967

RBS Citizens N.A.
 
2,584

 
2,543

 
5,212

 
6,513


The following table presents an analysis of outstanding derivatives with affiliates of related parties at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011 (dollars in thousands):
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
Derivatives Counterparty
 
Affiliate Member
 
Primary
Relationship
 
Notional
Amount
 
Percent of
Total
Derivatives (1)
 
Notional
Amount
 
Percent of
Total
Derivatives (1)
Bank of America, N.A.
 
Bank of America Rhode Island, N.A.
 
Dealer
 
$
933,250

 
5.1
%
 
$
973,750

 
4.7
%
Royal Bank of Scotland, PLC
 
RBS Citizens, N.A.
 
Dealer
 
95,000

 
0.5

 
96,300

 
0.5

_________________________
(1)          The percent of total derivatives outstanding is based on the stated notional amount of all derivatives outstanding.

Note 20 — Transactions with Other FHLBanks

We may occasionally enter into transactions with other FHLBanks. These transactions are summarized below.

Overnight Funds. We may borrow or lend unsecured overnight funds from or to other FHLBanks. All such transactions are at current market rates. Interest income and interest expense related to these transactions with other FHLBanks are included within other interest income and interest expense from other borrowings in the statement of operations.

51



MPF Mortgage Loans. We pay a transaction-services fee to the FHLBank of Chicago for our participation in the MPF program. This fee is assessed monthly, and is based upon the amount of mortgage loans which we invested in after January 1, 2004, and which remain outstanding on our statement of condition. We recorded $321,000 and $280,000 in MPF transaction-services fee expense to the FHLBank of Chicago during the three months ended June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2011, respectively, which has been recorded in the statement of operations as other expense. We recorded $619,000 and $558,000 in MPF transaction-services fee expense to the FHLBank of Chicago during the six months ended June 30, 2012, and June 30, 2011, respectively.

Note 21 — Subsequent Events

On July 26, 2012, the board of directors declared a cash dividend at an annualized rate of 0.52 percent based on capital stock balances outstanding during the second quarter of 2012. The dividend, including dividends on mandatorily redeemable capital stock, amounted to $4.7 million and was paid on August 2, 2012.




52


ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Forward-Looking Statements
 
This report includes statements describing anticipated developments, projections, estimates, or future predictions of ours that are “forward-looking statements.” These statements may use forward-looking terminology such as, but not limited to, “anticipates,” “believes,” “expects,” “plans,” “intends,” “may,” “could,” “estimates,” “assumes,” “should,” “will,” “likely,” or their negatives or other variations on these terms. We caution that, by their nature, forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks or uncertainties, including the risk factors set forth in Item 1A — Risk Factors in the 2011 Annual Report and Part II — Item 1A — Risk Factors of this quarterly report, and the risks set forth below. Accordingly, we caution that actual results could differ materially from those expressed or implied in these forward-looking statements or could impact the extent to which a particular objective, projection, estimate or prediction is realized. As a result, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such statements. We do not undertake to update any forward-looking statement herein or that may be made from time to time on our behalf.
 
Forward-looking statements in this report may include, among others, our expectations for:

income, retained earnings, and dividend payouts;
repurchases of our stock held in excess of the owner's total stock investment requirement (excess stock);
credit losses on advances and investments in mortgage loans and ABS, particularly private-label MBS;
balance-sheet changes and components thereof, such as changes in advances balances and the size of our portfolio of investments in mortgage loans;
our retained earnings target; and
the interest-rate environment in which we do business.
Actual results may differ from forward-looking statements for many reasons, including, but not limited to:
 
changes in interest rates, the rate of inflation (or deflation), housing prices, employment rates, and the general economy;
changes in the size of the residential mortgage market;
changes in demand for our advances and other products resulting from changes in members' deposit flows and credit demands or otherwise;
the willingness of our members to do business with us despite limited repurchases of excess stock and modest dividend payments;
changes in the financial health of our members;
insolvencies of our members;
increases in borrower defaults on mortgage loans;
deterioration in the credit performance of our private-label MBS portfolio beyond forecasted assumptions concerning loan default rates, loss severities, and prepayment speeds resulting in the realization of additional other-than-temporary impairment charges;
deterioration in the credit performance of our investments in mortgage loans and increases in loss severities from those investments;
an increase in advance prepayments as a result of changes in interest rates or other factors;
the volatility of market prices, rates, and indices that could affect the value of collateral we hold as security for obligations of our members and counterparties to interest-rate-exchange agreements and similar agreements;
issues and events across the FHLBank System and in the political arena that may lead to regulatory, judicial, or other developments may affect the marketability of the COs, our financial obligations with respect to COs, our ability to access

53


the capital markets, our members, the manner in which we operate, or the organization and structure of the FHLBank System;
competitive forces including, without limitation, other sources of funding available to our members, other entities borrowing funds in the capital markets, and the ability to attract and retain skilled employees;
the pace of technological change and our ability to develop and support technology and information systems sufficient to manage the risks of our business effectively;
the loss of large members through mergers and similar activities;
changes in investor demand for COs and/or the terms of interest-rate-exchange-agreements and similar agreements;
the timing and volume of market activity;
the volatility of reported results due to changes in the fair value of certain assets and liabilities, including, but not limited to, private-label MBS;
the ability to introduce new (or adequately adapt current) products and services and successfully manage the risks associated with those products and services, including new types of collateral used to secure advances;
the availability of derivative financial instruments of the types and in the quantities needed for risk-management purposes from acceptable counterparties;
the realization of losses arising from litigation filed against us or one or more of the other FHLBanks;
the realization of losses arising from our joint and several liability on COs;
significant business disruptions resulting from natural or other disasters, acts of war or terrorism; and
the effect of new accounting standards, including the development of supporting systems.

These risk factors are not exhaustive. We operate in a changing economic and regulatory environment, and new risk factors will emerge from time to time. We cannot predict such new risk factors nor can we assess the impact, if any, of such new risk factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those implied by any forward-looking statements.

The Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations should be read in conjunction with our interim financial statements and notes, which begin on page 3, and the 2011 Annual Report.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
 
Our financial condition continued to strengthen during the quarter ended June 30, 2012, as we recognized net income of $56.0 million for the three months ended June 30, 2012, versus $21.8 million for the same period in 2011. Credit losses from the other-than-temporary impairment of investments in private-label MBS totaled $1.5 million for the three months ended June 30, 2012, compared with such credit losses of $35.8 million for the comparable period of 2011. Additionally:

retained earnings increased from $398.1 million at December 31, 2011, to $491.8 million at June 30, 2012;
accumulated other comprehensive loss related to the noncredit portion of other-than-temporary impairment losses on held-to-maturity securities improved from an accumulated other comprehensive loss of $451.0 million at December 31, 2011, to an accumulated other comprehensive loss of $420.4 million at June 30, 2012; and
we continue to be in compliance with all regulatory capital requirements, as of June 30, 2012.

On July 26, 2012, our board of directors declared a cash dividend that was equivalent to an annual yield of 0.52 percent and reiterated that it anticipates that it will continue to declare modest cash dividends through 2012 consistent with this dividend declaration, although a quarterly loss or a significant unforeseen adverse event or trend would cause a dividend to be suspended.

Although our financial condition continues to improve, we continue to face certain challenges, the foremost of which arise from uncertainties about the future performance of our private-label MBS, and the continuing, prolonged low-interest rate environment. We continue to believe that these factors are likely to negatively impact future earnings, absent unpredictable

54


events such as prepayment fee income, and we remain focused on achieving our retained earnings target through the payment of modest dividends.

Investments in Private-Label MBS. Although the amortized cost of our total investments in private-label MBS has fallen to $1.8 billion at June 30, 2012, compared with $6.4 billion at September 30, 2007, additional losses from that portfolio are possible. We have determined that eight of our private-label MBS, representing an aggregated par value of $138.4 million, incurred additional other-than-temporary impairment credit losses of $1.5 million for the three months ended June 30, 2012. We continue to update our modeling assumptions to reflect current developments impacting the loan performance of the mortgage loans that back our investments in these securities, particularly Alt-A mortgage loans originated in the period from 2005 to 2007, which comprise a significant portion of the loans backing these securities. Such developments include continuing elevated unemployment rates and generally slow economic growth, high levels of foreclosures and troubled real estate loans, projections of further declines in house prices and slow housing price recovery, and limited refinancing opportunities for many borrowers, especially those whose houses are now worth less than the balance of their mortgages.

We also update our modeling assumptions based on non-economic factors that impact or could impact the performance of these investments, including certain federal programs (and proposed programs) intended to assist and/or protect borrowers, and related developments that could result in further losses. We continue to monitor these and related developments, including litigation involving private-label MBS, which could result in loss severities beyond current expectations due to disruptions of cash flows from impacted securities and further depression in real estate prices.
    
Advances Balances. The outstanding par balance of advances increased slightly from $24.6 billion at December 31, 2011, to $25.9 billion at June 30, 2012. This increase occurred in June and was attributable mainly to short-term advances. Demand for advances continues to be muted, as our members continue to experience high levels of deposits. Generally, deposits serve as liquidity alternatives to advances.

The trend in advances balances is illustrated by the following graph:


Continuing and Prolonged Low Interest-Rate Environment. We continue to operate in a prolonged, historically low interest-rate environment for short- and long-term financial instruments. We expect the current historically low interest-rate environment to persist based on actions by the Federal Reserve to maintain low interest rates combined with other systemic events, such as the European sovereign debt crisis, which has raised concerns that a Eurozone recession could slow the U.S. economy. These factors are discussed in greater detail under Item 7 — Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Executive Summary — Continuing and Prolonged Low-Interest Rate Environment in the 2011 Annual Report. The Federal Reserve has stated that it anticipates that economic conditions are likely to warrant exceptionally low levels for the federal funds rate at least through late 2014. A prolonged low interest-rate environment continues to adversely impact us in various ways such as members experiencing continued deposit growth as

55


investors face fewer attractive investment alternatives; members significantly increasing their reliance on short-term advances in lieu of longer-term advances to enhance their own net interest margins but which typically have lower market yields for us than longer-term advances; lower market yields on investments (as we continue to experience), including money market investments in which our capital is deployed; and faster prepayments on our mortgage-related assets, with resultant reinvestment risk. Accordingly, our net income and, in turn, our financial condition and results of operations, are likely to be adversely impacted by a prolonged low interest-rate environment.

The following chart demonstrates the persistent low interest-rate environment.


Other significant trends and developments include the following:

Strong Net Interest Margin. Despite the historically low interest rate environment, we continue to achieve a favorable net interest margin. Net interest margin is expressed as the percentage of net interest income to average earning assets. Net interest margin for the three months ended June 30, 2012, was 0.78 percent, a 21 basis point increase from net interest margin for the three months ended June 30, 2011. Prepayment-fee income was an important contributor to net interest margin for the three months ended June 30, 2012, as demonstrated by the tables captioned “Net Interest Spread and Margin without Prepayment-Fee Income” under — Results of Operations — Rate and Volume Analysis. These prepayment fees represent a substantial and atypical contribution to our net income that should not be counted on to recur every year. Further, the increase in net interest margin was achieved despite the continuing low-interest rate environment due in part to continued low average funding costs, which were attributable to two main factors. First, demand for COs remained strong and funding costs remained low throughout the first half of 2012. Second, as interest rates remained at low levels, we continued to benefit from having refinanced callable debt used to fund our fixed-rate residential mortgage loans in prior periods as interest rates fell, due in part to the fact that prepayment and refinancing activity in that loan portfolio has been muted relative to our expectations at the time we acquired the loans. During the 12 months ended June 30, 2012, we exercised redemption options on $1.9 billion of callable bonds that were not swapped to a floating rate coupon. Other factors behind the improvement in net interest margin include an increase in yields on certain previously other-than-temporarily impaired private-label MBS for which a significant improvement in cash flows has been projected and lower than expected prepayment activity on fixed-rate mortgage-related assets.

Notwithstanding our success in achieving strong net interest margin and strong net interest spread for the quarter, we expect these measurements to modestly decline in the remaining half of 2012 based on the sustained low interest-rate environment noted above combined with the fact that we face limited opportunities to redeem and refinance our debt, while our seasoned investments in mortgage loans (including fixed-rate agency MBS) will continue to amortize.

56



Legislative and Regulatory Developments. We continue to operate in a legislative and regulatory environment undergoing profound change with additional changes occurring during the period covered by this report. These changes are likely to have multiple important impacts on us, as discussed under — Legislative and Regulatory Developments.

Unsecured Credit Exposure to Eurozone Counterparties. We have unsecured credit exposures to counterparties from time to time, including Eurozone-domiciled counterparties. Eurozone refers to the economic and monetary union of 17 European Union member states that have adopted the euro. Some of those exposures arise from the sale of federal funds. However, we only sell federal funds to highly rated Eurozone counterparties on an overnight basis at our discretion. Further, these counterparties are only domiciled in Eurozone countries that have not been identified as countries experiencing significant sovereign distress as a result of the Eurozone crisis. We sell federal funds principally for the short-term investment of our liquidity. For additional information on our periodic unsecured credit exposures and management of those exposures, see —Financial Condition — Investments Credit Risk and — Financial Condition — Derivatives Instruments Credit Risk.

Key Management Changes. Earl W. Baucom, executive vice president and chief operations officer, retired on May 15, 2012. Mr. Baucom's responsibilities were reallocated internally.

On July 17, 2012, Michael C. Clifton joined us as senior vice president and chief information officer. Most recently, Mr. Clifton was vice president and chief information officer with The Hanover Insurance Group, where he had been employed since 2003 in progressively expansive roles. Mr. Clifton is a graduate of the University of Massachusetts Lowell with a B.S. in Industrial Engineering.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following financial highlights for the statement of condition for December 31, 2011, have been derived from our audited financial statements. Financial highlights for the quarter-ends have been derived from our unaudited financial statements. 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
STATEMENT OF CONDITION
(dollars in thousands)

 
June 30,
2012
 
March 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
 
September 30,
2011
 
June 30,
2011
Statement of Condition Data at Quarter End
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
49,763,227

 
$
46,911,899

 
$
49,968,337

 
$
48,574,433

 
$
52,233,694

Investments (1)
19,363,944

 
18,589,831

 
21,379,548

 
19,916,085

 
22,087,442

Advances
26,456,739

 
24,891,964

 
25,194,898

 
25,024,689

 
26,204,125

Mortgage loans held for portfolio (2)
3,311,457

 
3,166,457

 
3,109,223

 
3,128,725

 
3,132,935

Deposits
668,836

 
760,374

 
654,246

 
740,946

 
745,493

Consolidated obligations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bonds
27,622,744

 
28,533,735

 
29,879,460

 
32,446,525

 
34,887,060

Discount notes
16,610,160

 
12,834,056

 
14,651,793

 
10,673,491

 
12,052,598

Total consolidated obligations
44,232,904

 
41,367,791

 
44,531,253

 
43,120,016

 
46,939,658

Mandatorily redeemable capital stock
215,863

 
214,859

 
227,429

 
227,429

 
227,429

Class B capital stock outstanding - putable (3)
3,420,870

 
3,402,556

 
3,625,348

 
3,583,749

 
3,572,301

Unrestricted retained earnings
448,330

 
408,154

 
375,158

 
326,099

 
288,520

Restricted retained earnings
43,496

 
32,299

 
22,939

 
9,997

 

Total retained earnings
491,826

 
440,453

 
398,097

 
336,096

 
288,520

Accumulated other comprehensive loss
(528,442
)
 
(519,832
)
 
(534,411
)
 
(516,717
)
 
(495,261
)
Total capital
3,384,254

 
3,323,177

 
3,489,034

 
3,403,128

 
3,365,560

Other Information
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total regulatory capital ratio (4)
8.3
%
 
8.7
%
 
8.5
%
 
8.5
%
 
7.8
%
_________________________

57


(1)
Investments include available-for-sale securities, held-to-maturity securities, trading securities, interest-bearing deposits, securities purchased under agreements to resell, and federal funds sold.
(2)
The allowance for credit losses amounted to $6.1 million, $6.6 million, $7.8 million, $7.2 million, and $7.2 million as of June 30, 2012, March 31, 2012, December 31, 2011, September 30, 2011, and June 30, 2011, respectively.
(3)
Capital stock is putable at the option of a member.
(4)    Total regulatory capital ratio is capital stock (including mandatorily redeemable capital stock) plus retained earnings as a percentage of total assets. See — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Capital regarding our regulatory capital ratios.
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND OTHER INFORMATION
(dollars in thousands)

 
For the Three Months Ended
 
June 30,
2012
 
March 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
 
September 30,
2011
 
June 30,
2011
Results of Operations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income
$
89,552

 
$
68,342

 
$
82,026

 
$
80,410

 
$
76,589

(Reduction of) provision for credit losses
(383
)
 
(1,151
)
 
627

 

 
(1,509
)
Net impairment losses on held-to-maturity securities recognized in income
(1,492
)
 
(2,960
)
 
(3,479
)
 
(7,210
)
 
(35,794
)
Other income (loss)
(10,531
)
 
1,245

 
10,001

 
(1,659
)
 
5,007

Other expense
15,671

 
15,746

 
15,994

 
15,982

 
17,803

AHP and REFCorp assessments (1)
6,253

 
5,232

 
7,220

 
5,573

 
7,732

Net income
$
55,988

 
$
46,800

 
$
64,707

 
$
49,986

 
$
21,776

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Information
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dividends declared
$
4,615

 
$
4,444

 
$
2,706

 
$
2,410

 
$
2,800

Dividend payout ratio
8.24
%
 
9.49
%
 
4.18
%
 
4.82
%
 
12.86
%
Weighted average dividend rate (2)
0.52

 
0.49

 
0.30

 
0.27

 
0.31

Return on average equity (3)
6.70

 
5.44

 
7.43

 
5.84

 
2.63

Return on average assets
0.49

 
0.38

 
0.51

 
0.39

 
0.16

Net interest margin (4)
0.78

 
0.56

 
0.65

 
0.63

 
0.57

Average equity to average assets
7.25

 
7.06

 
6.88

 
6.64

 
6.18

___________________________
(1)
The FHLBanks satisfied their obligation to REFCorp in the second quarter of 2011.
(2)
Weighted-average dividend rate is dividend amount declared divided by the average daily balance of capital stock.
(3)
Return on average equity is net income divided by the total of the average daily balance of outstanding Class B capital stock, accumulated other comprehensive loss, and retained earnings.
(4)
Net interest margin is net interest income before provision for credit losses as a percentage of average earning assets.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Second Quarter of 2012 Compared with Second Quarter of 2011
 
For the three months ended June 30, 2012, and 2011, we recognized net income of $56.0 million and $21.8 million, respectively. This $34.2 million increase was driven by a decrease of $34.3 million in other-than-temporary impairment losses of certain private-label MBS, a $13.0 million increase in net interest income, a decrease in assessments of $1.5 million due to the fulfillment of the REFCorp obligation in August 2011, a $2.2 million increase in other income, and a decline of $2.5 million in other expense. The increases to net income were offset by a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $12.0 million, a decline of $4.4 million in realized gains on sales of available-for-sale securities, and a $1.1 million net change to the provision for (reduction of) credit losses on mortgage loans.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2012, Compared with Six Months Ended June 30, 2011

For the six months ended June 30, 2012, and 2011, we recognized net income of $102.8 million and $44.9 million, respectively. This $57.9 million increase was driven by a decrease of $61.9 million in other-than-temporary impairment losses of certain

58


private-label MBS, a $14.4 million increase in net interest income, a decrease in assessments of $4.6 million due to the fulfillment of the REFCorp obligation in August 2011, a decline of $2.4 million in other expense, and a $2.2 million increase in other income. The increases to net income were partially offset by a decline of $12.8 million in realized gains on sales of available-for-sale securities, and a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $12.0 million.

Net Interest Income
 
Second Quarter of 2012 Compared with Second Quarter of 2011

Net interest income for the three months ended June 30, 2012, was $89.6 million, compared with $76.6 million for the same period in 2011. This increase was primarily attributable to the $17.6 million increase in prepayment fee income, which partly contributed to an increase of 26 basis points in the yield on interest earning assets to 1.71 percent. In addition, the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities increased 7 basis points to 1.03 percent.

Net interest margin for the three months ended June 30, 2012, in comparison with the same period in 2011, increased to 78 basis points from 57 basis points, and net interest spread increased to 68 basis points from 49 basis points for the same period in 2011. Partially offsetting the increase in net interest spread was a decrease in average earning assets, which declined by $7.7 billion from $53.7 billion for the three months ended June 30, 2011, to $46.1 billion for the three months ended June 30, 2012.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2012, Compared with Six Months Ended June 30, 2011

Net interest income for the six months ended June 30, 2012, was $157.9 million, compared with $143.5 million for the same period in 2011. This increase was primarily attributable to the $20.8 million increase in prepayment fee income, which partly contributed to an increase of 15 basis points in the yield on interest earning assets to 1.58 percent. In addition, the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities increased 3 basis points to 1.01 percent.

Net interest margin for the six months ended June 30, 2012 increased to 67 basis points compared with 53 basis points in the same period in 2011, and net interest spread increased to 57 basis points compared with 45 basis points in the same period in 2011. Partially offsetting the increase in net interest spread was a decrease in average earning assets, which declined by $7.1 billion from $54.5 billion for the six months ended June 30, 2011, to $47.4 billion for the six months ended June 30, 2012.

The following tables present major categories of average balances, related interest income/expense, and average yields for interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Our primary source of earnings is net interest income, which is the interest earned on advances, mortgage loans, and investments less interest paid on COs, deposits, and other sources of funds. Net interest spread is the difference between the yields on interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.


59


Net Interest Spread and Margin
(dollars in thousands)
                        
 
 
For the Three Months Ended June 30,
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income /
Expense
 
Average
Yield (1)
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income /
Expense
 
Average
Yield (1)
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Advances
 
$
23,757,804

 
$
101,139

 
1.71
%
 
$
25,728,128

 
$
93,153

 
1.45
%
Interest-bearing deposits
 
271

 
1

 
0.91

 
196

 

 
0.35

Securities purchased under agreements to resell
 
5,519,231

 
2,425

 
0.18

 
1,462,088

 
405

 
0.11

Federal funds sold
 
1,382,033

 
517

 
0.15

 
5,085,670

 
1,357

 
0.11

Investment securities(2)
 
12,144,420

 
57,664

 
1.91

 
18,314,492

 
62,138

 
1.36

Mortgage loans
 
3,254,214

 
34,548

 
4.27

 
3,141,594

 
37,855

 
4.83

Other earning assets
 

 

 

 
2,473

 
1

 
0.12

Total interest-earning assets
 
46,057,973

 
196,294

 
1.71
%
 
53,734,641

 
194,909

 
1.45
%
Other non-interest-earning assets
 
486,899

 
 
 
 
 
435,971

 
 
 
 
Fair value adjustments on investment securities
 
(150,352
)
 
 
 
 
 
(363,184
)
 
 
 
 
Total assets
 
$
46,394,520

 
$
196,294

 
1.70
%
 
$
53,807,428

 
$
194,909

 
1.45
%
Liabilities and capital
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated obligations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Discount notes
 
$
12,437,517

 
$
2,913

 
0.09
%
 
$
12,833,972

 
$
2,123

 
0.07
%
Bonds
 
28,395,930

 
103,532

 
1.47

 
35,669,691

 
115,990

 
1.30

Deposits
 
717,819

 
13

 
0.01

 
762,167

 
73

 
0.04

Mandatorily redeemable capital stock
 
215,079

 
284

 
0.53

 
204,858

 
133

 
0.26

Other borrowings
 
1,781

 

 
0.16

 
1,341

 
1

 
0.30

Total interest-bearing liabilities
 
41,768,126

 
106,742

 
1.03
%
 
49,472,029

 
118,320

 
0.96
%
Other non-interest-bearing liabilities
 
1,263,194

 
 
 
 
 
1,009,611

 
 
 
 
Total capital
 
3,363,200

 
 
 
 
 
3,325,788

 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and capital
 
$
46,394,520

 
$
106,742

 
0.93
%
 
$
53,807,428

 
$
118,320

 
0.88
%
Net interest income
 
 

 
$
89,552

 
 
 
 

 
$
76,589

 
 
Net interest spread
 
 

 
 

 
0.68
%
 
 

 
 

 
0.49
%
Net interest margin
 
 

 
 

 
0.78
%
 
 

 
 

 
0.57
%
_________________________
(1) Yields are annualized.
(2)        The average balances of held-to-maturity securities and available-for-sale securities are reflected at amortized cost; therefore the resulting yields do not give effect to changes in fair value or the noncredit component of a previously recognized other-than-temporary impairment reflected in accumulated other comprehensive loss.    


60


Net Interest Spread and Margin
(dollars in thousands)
                        
 
 
For the Six Months Ended June 30,
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income /
Expense
 
Average
Yield (1)
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income /
Expense
 
Average
Yield (1)
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Advances
 
$
24,285,950

 
$
184,960

 
1.53
%
 
$
26,303,453

 
$
180,834

 
1.39
%
Interest-bearing deposits
 
264

 
1

 
0.69

 
199

 

 
0.44

Securities purchased under agreements to resell
 
6,131,319

 
4,614

 
0.15

 
1,316,575

 
945

 
0.14

Federal funds sold
 
1,676,994

 
1,028

 
0.12

 
5,453,254

 
3,758

 
0.14

Investment securities(2)
 
12,101,203

 
113,439

 
1.89

 
18,267,935

 
125,665

 
1.39

Mortgage loans
 
3,183,640

 
69,313

 
4.38

 
3,174,916

 
76,189

 
4.84

Other earning assets
 

 

 

 
1,519

 
1

 
0.13

Total interest-earning assets
 
47,379,370

 
373,355

 
1.58
%
 
54,517,851

 
387,392

 
1.43
%
Other non-interest-earning assets
 
493,203

 
 
 
 
 
466,655

 
 
 
 
Fair-value adjustments on investment securities
 
(153,936
)
 
 
 
 
 
(408,036
)
 
 
 
 
Total assets
 
$
47,718,637

 
$
373,355

 
1.57
%
 
$
54,576,470

 
$
387,392

 
1.43
%
Liabilities and capital
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated obligations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Discount notes
 
$
13,051,978

 
$
4,496

 
0.07
%
 
$
14,023,513

 
$
7,262

 
0.10
%
Bonds
 
29,015,791

 
210,359

 
1.46

 
35,280,936

 
236,116

 
1.35

Deposits
 
758,471

 
31

 
0.01

 
774,882

 
202

 
0.05

Mandatorily redeemable capital stock
 
219,666

 
574

 
0.53

 
148,176

 
269

 
0.37

Other borrowings
 
2,093

 
1

 
0.14

 
3,762

 
3

 
0.16

Total interest-bearing liabilities
 
43,047,999

 
215,461

 
1.01
%
 
50,231,269

 
243,852

 
0.98
%
Other non-interest-bearing liabilities
 
1,258,487

 
 
 
 
 
1,026,506

 
 
 
 
Total capital
 
3,412,151

 
 
 
 
 
3,318,695

 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and capital
 
$
47,718,637

 
$
215,461

 
0.91
%
 
$
54,576,470

 
$
243,852

 
0.90
%
Net interest income
 
 

 
$
157,894

 
 

 
 

 
$
143,540

 
 

Net interest spread
 
 

 
 

 
0.57
%
 
 

 
 

 
0.45
%
Net interest margin
 
 

 
 

 
0.67
%
 
 

 
 

 
0.53
%
_________________________
(1) Yields are annualized.
(2)        The average balances of held-to-maturity securities and available-for-sale securities are reflected at amortized cost; therefore the resulting yields do not give effect to changes in fair value or the noncredit component of a previously recognized other-than-temporary impairment reflected in accumulated other comprehensive loss.    

Rate and Volume Analysis

Changes in both average balances (volume) and interest rates influence changes in net interest income and net interest margin. The following table summarizes changes in interest income and interest expense for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, and 2011. Changes in interest income and interest expense that are not identifiable as either volume-related or rate-related, but rather equally attributable to both volume and rate changes, have been allocated to the volume and rate categories based upon the proportion of the absolute value of the volume and rate changes.

 

61


Rate and Volume Analysis
(dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
For the Three Months Ended
June 30, 2012 vs. June 30, 2011
 
For the Six Months Ended
June 30, 2012 vs. June 30, 2011
 
 
Increase (Decrease) due to
 
Increase (Decrease) due to
 
 
Volume
 
Rate
 
Total
 
Volume
 
Rate
 
Total
Interest income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

Advances
 
$
(7,514
)
 
$
15,500

 
$
7,986

 
$
(14,492
)
 
$
18,618

 
$
4,126

Interest-bearing deposits
 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell
 
1,668

 
352

 
2,020

 
3,621

 
48

 
3,669

Federal funds sold
 
(1,244
)
 
404

 
(840
)
 
(2,354
)
 
(376
)
 
(2,730
)
Investment securities
 
(24,760
)
 
20,286

 
(4,474
)
 
(49,838
)
 
37,612

 
(12,226
)
Mortgage loans
 
1,320

 
(4,627
)
 
(3,307
)
 
209

 
(7,085
)
 
(6,876
)
Other earning assets
 

 

 

 
(1
)
 
(1
)
 
(2
)
Total interest income
 
(30,530
)
 
31,915

 
1,385

 
(62,855
)
 
48,816

 
(14,039
)
Interest expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

Consolidated obligations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

Discount notes
 
(67
)
 
857

 
790

 
(474
)
 
(2,292
)
 
(2,766
)
Bonds
 
(25,451
)
 
12,993

 
(12,458
)
 
(44,306
)
 
18,549

 
(25,757
)
Deposits
 
(4
)
 
(56
)
 
(60
)
 
(4
)
 
(167
)
 
(171
)
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock
 
7

 
144

 
151

 
160

 
145

 
305

Other borrowings
 

 
(1
)
 
(1
)
 
(1
)
 
(1
)
 
(2
)
Total interest expense
 
(25,515
)
 
13,937

 
(11,578
)
 
(44,625
)
 
16,234

 
(28,391
)
Change in net interest income
 
$
(5,015
)
 
$
17,978

 
$
12,963

 
$
(18,230
)
 
$
32,582

 
$
14,352


The average balance of total advances decreased $2.0 billion, or 7.7 percent, for the six months ended June 30, 2012, compared with the same period in 2011. The trend of muted demand for advances is discussed under — Executive Summary — Advances Balances. The following table summarizes average balances of advances outstanding during the six months ending June 30, 2012 and 2011, by product type.


62


Average Balance of Advances Outstanding by Product Type
(dollars in thousands)
 
 
For the Six Months Ended June 30,
 
 
2012
 
2011
Fixed-rate advances—par value
 
 
 
 
Long-term
 
$
10,095,932

 
$
11,037,192

Putable
 
4,352,082

 
5,662,023

Short-term
 
3,913,311

 
2,606,701

Amortizing
 
1,205,402

 
1,640,340

Overnight
 
295,727

 
524,088

Expander
 
20,604

 
10,000

Fixed-rate plus cap
 
10,000

 
166

Callable
 
7,940

 
6,749

 
 
19,900,998

 
21,487,259

 
 
 
 
 
Variable-rate indexed advances—par value
 
 
 
 
Simple variable
 
3,768,247

 
4,198,274

Floating rate advances with embedded caps and / or floors
 
10,000

 
10,914

Overnight
 
9,917

 
10,472

 
 
3,788,164

 
4,219,660

Total average par value
 
23,689,162

 
25,706,919

Net premiums and (discounts)
 
13,908

 
6,527

Hedging adjustments
 
582,880

 
590,007

Total average balance of advances
 
$
24,285,950

 
$
26,303,453


Putable advances that are classified as fixed-rate advances in the table above are typically hedged with interest-rate-exchange agreements in which a short-term rate is received, typically three-month LIBOR. In addition, approximately 24.1 percent of average long-term fixed-rate advances were similarly hedged with interest-rate swaps. Therefore, a significant portion of our advances, including overnight advances, short-term fixed-rate advances, fixed-rate putable advances, certain fixed-rate bullet advances, and variable-rate advances, either earn a short-term interest rate or are swapped to a short-term index, resulting in yields that closely follow short-term market interest-rate trends. The average balance of all such advances totaled $14.8 billion for the six months ended June 30, 2012, representing 62.4 percent of the total average balance of advances outstanding during the six months ended June 30, 2012. The average balance of all such advances totaled $16.0 billion for the six months ended June 30, 2011, representing 62.2 percent of the total average balance of advances outstanding during the six months ended June 30, 2011.

For the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, net prepayment fees on advances were $32.5 million and $11.3 million, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, prepayment fees on investments were $202,000 and $549,000, respectively. Prepayment-fee income is unpredictable and inconsistent from period to period, occurring only when advances and investments are prepaid prior to the scheduled maturity or repricing dates.

Because prepayment-fee income recognized during these periods does not necessarily represent a trend that will continue in future periods, and due to the fact that prepayment-fee income represents a one-time fee that is generally recognized in the period in which the corresponding advance or investment security is prepaid, we believe it is important to review the results of net interest spread and net interest margin excluding the impact of prepayment-fee income. These results are presented in the following table.


63


Net Interest Spread and Margin without Prepayment-Fee Income
(dollars in thousands)


 
 
For the Three Months Ended June 30,
 
For the Six Months Ended June 30,
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
 
Interest Income
 
Average Yield
 
Interest Income
 
Average Yield
 
Interest Income
 
Average Yield
 
Interest Income
 
Average Yield
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Advances
 
$
72,967

 
1.24
%
 
$
83,019

 
1.29
%
 
$
152,486

 
1.26
%
 
$
169,507

 
1.30
%
Investment securities
 
57,549

 
1.91

 
61,603

 
1.35

 
113,237

 
1.88

 
125,116

 
1.38

Total interest-earning assets
 
168,007

 
1.47

 
184,240

 
1.38

 
340,679

 
1.45

 
375,516

 
1.39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income
 
61,265

 
 
 
65,920

 
 
 
125,218

 
 
 
131,664

 
 
Net interest spread
 
 
 
0.44
%
 
 
 
0.42
%
 
 
 
0.44
%
 
 
 
0.41
%
Net interest margin
 
 
 
0.53
%
 
 
 
0.49
%
 
 
 
0.53
%
 
 
 
0.49
%

Average short-term money-market investments, consisting of interest-bearing deposits, securities purchased under agreements to resell, and federal funds sold, increased $1.0 billion, or 15.3 percent, for the six months ended June 30, 2012, compared with the same period in 2011. The yield earned on short-term money-market investments is highly correlated to short-term market interest rates. These investments are used for liquidity management and to manage our leverage ratio in response to fluctuations in other asset balances. For the six months ended June 30, 2012, average balances of federal funds sold decreased $3.8 billion and average balances of securities purchased under agreements to resell increased $4.8 billion in comparison to the six months ended June 30, 2011.

Average investment-securities balances decreased $6.2 billion or 33.8 percent for the six months ended June 30, 2012, compared with the same period in 2011, which occurred in the following investment categories:

$4.8 billion decline in certificates of deposit
$620.1 million decline in MBS
$591.5 million decline in agency and supranational banks, and
$154.7 million decline in corporate bonds.

The average aggregate balance of our investments in mortgage loans for the six months ended June 30, 2012, was $8.7 million higher than the average aggregate balance of these investments for the six months ended June 30, 2011, representing an increase of 0.3 percent.

Average CO balances decreased $7.2 billion, or 14.7 percent, for the six months ended June 30, 2012, compared with the same period in 2011, resulting from our reduced funding needs principally due to the decline in our investments and member demand for advances. This overall decline consisted of a decrease of $1.0 billion in CO discount notes and a decrease of $6.3 billion in CO bonds.

The average balance of term CO discount notes increased $1.5 billion and overnight CO discount notes decreased $2.5 billion for the six months ended June 30, 2012, in comparison with the same period in 2011. The average balance of CO discount notes represented approximately 31.0 percent of total average COs during the six months ended June 30, 2012, as compared with 28.4 percent of total average COs during the six months ended June 30, 2011. The average balance of bonds represented 69.0 percent and 71.6 percent of total average COs outstanding during the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Impact of Derivative and Hedging Activity

Net interest income includes interest accrued on interest-rate-exchange agreements that are associated with advances, investments, deposits, and debt instruments that qualify for hedge accounting. We generally use derivative instruments that qualify for hedge accounting as interest-rate-risk-management tools. These derivatives serve to stabilize net interest income and net interest margin when interest rates fluctuate. Accordingly, the impact of derivatives on net interest income and net interest margin should be viewed in the overall context of our risk-management strategy. The following tables show the net effect of

64


derivatives and hedging activities on net interest income, net gains (losses) on derivatives and hedging activities, and net unrealized gains (losses) on trading securities for the three months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (dollars in thousands).

 
 
For the Three Months Ended June 30, 2012
Net Effect of Derivatives and Hedging Activities
 
Advances
 
Investments
 
Mortgage Loans
 
Deposits
 
CO Bonds
 
Total
Net interest income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization/accretion of hedging activities in net interest income (1)
 
$
(2,602
)
 
$

 
$
(19
)
 
$

 
$
5,643

 
$
3,022

Net interest settlements included in net interest income (2)
 
(49,414
)
 
(10,227
)
 

 
385

 
23,052

 
(36,204
)
Total effect on net interest income
 
(52,016
)
 
(10,227
)
 
(19
)
 
385

 
28,695

 
(33,182
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net gains (losses) on derivatives and hedging activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Losses) gains on fair-value hedges
 
(1,913
)
 
111

 

 

 
400

 
(1,402
)
Losses on derivatives not receiving hedge accounting
 
(498
)
 
(7,562
)
 

 

 
(9
)
 
(8,069
)
Other
 

 

 
1,309

 

 

 
1,309

Net (losses) gains on derivatives and hedging activities
 
(2,411
)
 
(7,451
)
 
1,309

 

 
391

 
(8,162
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Subtotal
 
(54,427
)
 
(17,678
)
 
1,290

 
385

 
29,086

 
(41,344
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net gains on trading securities
 

 
5,720

 

 

 

 
5,720

Total net effect of derivatives and hedging activities
 
$
(54,427
)
 
$
(11,958
)
 
$
1,290

 
$
385

 
$
29,086

 
$
(35,624
)
_____________________
(1)
Represents the amortization/accretion of hedging fair-value adjustments for closed hedge positions.
(2)
Represents interest income/expense on derivatives included in net interest income.


65


 
 
For the Three Months Ended June 30, 2011
Net Effect of Derivatives and Hedging Activities
 
Advances
 
Investments
 
Mortgage Loans
 
Deposits
 
CO Bonds
 
Total
Net interest income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization/accretion of hedging activities in net interest income (1)
 
$
(3,373
)
 
$

 
$
42

 
$

 
$
1,175

 
$
(2,156
)
Net interest settlements included in net interest income (2)
 
(72,546
)
 
(11,889
)
 

 
392

 
42,738

 
(41,305
)
Total effect on net interest income
 
(75,919
)
 
(11,889
)
 
42

 
392

 
43,913

 
(43,461
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net gains (losses) on derivatives and hedging activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gains on fair-value hedges
 
113

 
290

 

 

 
266

 
669

Losses on derivatives not receiving hedge accounting
 
(1,197
)
 
(7,692
)
 

 

 

 
(8,889
)
Other
 

 

 
346

 

 

 
346

Net (losses) gains on derivatives and hedging activities
 
(1,084
)
 
(7,402
)
 
346

 

 
266

 
(7,874
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Subtotal
 
(77,003
)
 
(19,291
)
 
388

 
392

 
44,179

 
(51,335
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net gains on trading securities (3)
 

 
5,868

 

 

 

 
5,868

Total net effect of derivatives and hedging activities
 
$
(77,003
)
 
$
(13,423
)
 
$
388

 
$
392

 
$
44,179

 
$
(45,467
)
_____________________
(1) Represents the amortization/accretion of hedging fair-value adjustments for closed hedge positions.
(2) Represents interest income/expense on derivatives included in net interest income.
(3) Includes only those gains or losses on trading securities that have an economic derivative assigned, and therefore, this line does not reconcile with the statement of operations.
 
 
 
For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2012
Net Effect of Derivatives and Hedging Activities
 
Advances
 
Investments
 
Mortgage Loans
 
Deposits
 
CO Bonds
 
Total
Net interest income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization/accretion of hedging activities in net interest income (1)
 
$
(4,797
)
 
$

 
$
(90
)
 
$

 
$
9,585

 
$
4,698

Net interest settlements included in net interest income (2)
 
(103,679
)
 
(20,370
)
 

 
766

 
48,005

 
(75,278
)
Total effect on net interest income
 
(108,476
)
 
(20,370
)
 
(90
)
 
766

 
57,590

 
(70,580
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (losses) gains on derivatives and hedging activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Losses) gains on fair-value hedges
 
(1,552
)
 
793

 

 

 
417

 
(342
)
Losses on derivatives not receiving hedge accounting
 
(539
)
 
(6,852
)
 

 

 
(9
)
 
(7,400
)
Other
 

 

 
1,319

 

 

 
1,319

Net (losses) gains on derivatives and hedging activities
 
(2,091
)
 
(6,059
)
 
1,319

 

 
408

 
(6,423
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Subtotal
 
(110,567
)
 
(26,429
)
 
1,229

 
766

 
57,998

 
(77,003
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net gains on trading securities
 

 
3,622

 

 

 

 
3,622

Total net effect of derivatives and hedging activities
 
$
(110,567
)
 
$
(22,807
)
 
$
1,229

 
$
766

 
$
57,998

 
$
(73,381
)

66


_____________________
(1)
Represents the amortization/accretion of hedging fair-value adjustments for closed hedge positions.
(2)
Represents interest income/expense on derivatives included in net interest income.

 
 
For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2011
Net Effect of Derivatives and Hedging Activities
 
Advances
 
Investments
 
Mortgage Loans
 
Deposits
 
CO Bonds
 
Total
Net interest income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization/accretion of hedging activities in net interest income (1)
 
$
(5,821
)
 
$

 
$
129

 
$

 
$
1,592

 
$
(4,100
)
Net interest settlements included in net interest income (2)
 
(149,809
)
 
(23,934
)
 

 
786

 
85,578

 
(87,379
)
Total effect on net interest income
 
(155,630
)
 
(23,934
)
 
129

 
786

 
87,170

 
(91,479
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net gains (losses) on derivatives and hedging activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gains on fair-value hedges
 
468

 
708

 

 

 
225

 
1,401

Losses on derivatives not receiving hedge accounting
 
(1,218
)
 
(6,655
)
 

 

 

 
(7,873
)
Other
 

 

 
419

 

 

 
419

Net (losses) gains on derivatives and hedging activities
 
(750
)
 
(5,947
)
 
419

 

 
225

 
(6,053
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Subtotal
 
(156,380
)
 
(29,881
)
 
548

 
786

 
87,395

 
(97,532
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net gains on trading securities (3)
 

 
3,962

 

 

 

 
3,962

Total net effect of derivatives and hedging activities
 
$
(156,380
)
 
$
(25,919
)
 
$
548

 
$
786

 
$
87,395

 
$
(93,570
)
_____________________
(1) Represents the amortization/accretion of hedging fair-value adjustments for closed hedge positions.
(2) Represents interest income/expense on derivatives included in net interest income.
(3) Includes only those gains or losses on trading securities that have an economic derivative assigned, and therefore, this line does not reconcile with the statement of operations.

Net interest margin for the three months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, was 0.78 percent and 0.57 percent, respectively. If derivative instruments had not been used as hedges to mitigate the impact of interest-rate fluctuations, net interest margin would have been 1.10 percent and 0.88 percent, respectively.

Net interest margin for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, was 0.67 percent and 0.53 percent, respectively. If derivative instruments had not been used as hedges to mitigate the impact of interest-rate fluctuations, net interest margin would have been 0.99 percent and 0.86 percent, respectively.

Interest paid and received on interest-rate-exchange agreements that are used in asset and liability management, but which do not meet hedge-accounting requirements (economic hedges), are classified as net losses on derivatives and hedging activities in other income. As shown under Other Income (Loss) and Operating Expenses below, interest accruals on derivatives classified as economic hedges totaled a net expense of $1.9 million and $2.3 million, respectively for the three months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011. For the six months ended June 30, 2011, interest accruals on derivatives classified as economic hedges totaled a net expense of $3.8 million and $4.9 million, respectively.

For more information about our use of derivative instruments to manage interest-rate risk, see Item 3 — Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk — Strategies to Manage Market and Interest-Rate Risk.

Other Income (Loss) and Operating Expenses
 
The following table presents a summary of other income (loss) for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011.

67


Additionally, detail on the components of net gains (losses) on derivatives and hedging activities is provided, indicating the source of these gains and losses by type of hedging relationship and hedge accounting treatment.
 
Other Income (Loss)
(dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the Three Months Ended
June 30,
 
For the Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Gains (losses) on derivatives and hedging activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (losses) gains related to fair-value hedge ineffectiveness
 
$
(1,403
)
 
$
669

 
$
(343
)
 
$
1,401

Net unrealized (losses) gains related to derivatives not receiving hedge accounting associated with:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Advances
 
(430
)
 
(782
)
 
(397
)
 
(201
)
Trading securities
 
(5,716
)
 
(5,761
)
 
(3,176
)
 
(2,799
)
Mortgage delivery commitments
 
1,309

 
346

 
1,319

 
419

Net interest-accruals related to derivatives not receiving hedge accounting
 
(1,922
)
 
(2,346
)
 
(3,826
)
 
(4,873
)
Net losses on derivatives and hedging activities
 
(8,162
)
 
(7,874
)
 
(6,423
)
 
(6,053
)
Net impairment losses on held-to-maturity securities recognized in income
 
(1,492
)
 
(35,794
)
 
(4,452
)
 
(66,378
)
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
 
(12,001
)
 

 
(12,001
)
 

Service-fee income
 
1,492

 
2,412

 
2,991

 
4,457

Net unrealized gains on trading securities
 
5,720

 
5,853

 
3,622

 
3,956

Realized net gain from sale of available-for-sale securities
 

 
4,432

 

 
12,801

Other
 
2,420

 
184

 
2,525

 
338

Total other loss
 
$
(12,023
)
 
$
(30,787
)
 
$
(13,738
)
 
$
(50,879
)

Losses on early extinguishment of debt resulted from the retirement of $316.5 million (par amount) of CO bonds. These debt extinguishments followed the prepayment of $1.3 billion of advances by First Niagara Bank in April 2012, as discussed under — Financial Condition — Advances.

The following tables display held-to-maturity securities for which other-than-temporary impairment was recognized in the three and six months ending June 30, 2012 and 2011, based on whether the security is newly impaired or previously impaired (dollars in thousands).
 
For the Three Months Ended June 30, 2012
 
For the Three Months Ended June 30, 2011
Other-Than-
Temporarily Impaired
Investment:
Total Other-
Than-
Temporary
Impairment
Losses on
Investment
Securities
 
Net Amount of
Impairment
Losses
Reclassified
to
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
 
Net
Impairment
Losses on
Investment
Securities
Recognized in
Income
 
Total Other-
Than-Temporary
Impairment
Losses on
Investment
Securities
 
Net Amount of
Impairment
Losses
Reclassified
to (from)
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive Loss
 
Net Impairment
Losses on
Investment
Securities
Recognized in
Income
Securities newly impaired during the period specified
$
(579
)
 
$
579

 
$

 
$
(1,144
)
 
$
1,100

 
$
(44
)
Securities previously impaired prior to the period specified
(5,184
)
 
3,692

 
(1,492
)
 
(15,715
)
 
(20,035
)
 
(35,750
)
Total other-than-temporarily impaired securities
$
(5,763
)
 
$
4,271

 
$
(1,492
)
 
$
(16,859
)
 
$
(18,935
)
 
$
(35,794
)


68


 
For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2012
 
For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2011
Other-Than-
Temporarily Impaired
Investment:
Total Other-
Than-
Temporary
Impairment
Losses on
Investment
Securities
 
Net Amount of
Impairment
Losses
Reclassified
to
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
 
Net
Impairment
Losses on
Investment
Securities
Recognized in
Income
 
Total Other-
Than-Temporary
Impairment
Losses on
Investment
Securities
 
Net Amount of
Impairment
Losses
Reclassified
to (from)
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive Loss
 
Net Impairment
Losses on
Investment
Securities
Recognized in
Income
Securities newly impaired during the period specified
$
(3,109
)
 
$
3,108

 
$
(1
)
 
$
(6,072
)
 
$
6,026

 
$
(46
)
Securities previously impaired prior to the period specified
(9,032
)
 
4,581

 
(4,451
)
 
(17,574
)
 
(48,758
)
 
(66,332
)
Total other-than-temporarily impaired securities
$
(12,141
)
 
$
7,689

 
$
(4,452
)
 
$
(23,646
)
 
$
(42,732
)
 
$
(66,378
)

The following table displays held-to-maturity securities for which other-than-temporary impairment was recognized in the quarter ending June 30, 2012 (dollars in thousands). Securities are classified in the table below based on the classification at the time of issuance. We have instituted litigation on certain of the private-label MBS in which we have invested, as discussed in Part II — Item 1 — Legal Proceedings. Our complaint asserts among others, claims for untrue or misleading statements in the sale of securities, and it is possible that classifications of private-label MBS as provided herein when based on classification at the time of issuance as disclosed by those securities' issuance documents, as well as other statements made by or on behalf of the issuers about the securities, are inaccurate.

 
At June 30, 2012
 
For the Three Months Ended June 30, 2012
Other-Than-Temporarily Impaired Investment:
Par Value
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Carrying
Value
 
Fair Value
 
Other-than-Temporary
Impairment Related to
Credit Loss
Private-label residential MBS - Alt-A
$
138,447

 
$
103,445

 
$
74,615

 
$
75,316

 
$
(1,492
)
 
See Item 1 — Notes to the Financial Statements — Note 5 — Held-to-Maturity Securities, Note 6 — Other-Than-Temporary Impairment, and — Financial Condition — Investments Credit Risk below for additional detail and analysis of our portfolio of held-to-maturity investments in private-label MBS.
 
Changes in the fair value of trading securities are recorded in other loss. For the three months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, we recorded net unrealized gains on trading securities of $5.7 million and $5.9 million, respectively. Changes in the fair value of the associated economic hedges amounted to net losses of $5.7 million and $5.8 million for the three months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Also included in other loss are interest accruals on these economic hedges, which resulted in a net expense of $1.8 million and $1.9 million for the three months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

For the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, we recorded net unrealized gains on trading securities of $3.6 million and $4.0 million, respectively. Changes in the fair value of the associated economic hedges amounted to net losses of $3.2 million and $2.8 million for the three months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Also included in other loss are interest accruals on these economic hedges, which resulted in a net expense of $3.7 million and $3.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

For the three months ended June 30, 2012, compensation and benefits expense and other operating expenses amounted to $13.3 million, an increase of $229,000 from the June 30, 2011 amount of $13.0 million.

For the six months ended June 30, 2012, compensation and benefits expense and other operating expenses amounted to $26.4 million, an increase of $807,000 from the June 30, 2011 amount of $25.6 million.

Our share of the costs and expenses of operating the Finance Agency and the Office of Finance totaled $1.8 million and $1.7 million for the three months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and totaled $3.8 million and $4.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.


69


FINANCIAL CONDITION

Advances

At June 30, 2012, the advances portfolio totaled $26.5 billion, an increase of $1.3 billion compared with $25.2 billion at December 31, 2011.

The following table summarizes advances outstanding by product type at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011.
  
Advances Outstanding by Product Type
(dollars in thousands)
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
 
Par Value
 
Percent of
Total
 
Par Value
 
Percent of
Total
Fixed-rate advances
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

     Overnight
$
545,288

 
2.1
%
 
$
268,888

 
1.1
%
Long-term
9,736,879

 
37.6

 
10,546,190

 
42.9

Putable
3,987,625

 
15.4

 
4,693,575

 
19.1

Short-term
7,579,825

 
29.3

 
3,161,265

 
12.9

Amortizing
1,017,123

 
4.0

 
1,394,071

 
5.7

Callable
32,500

 
0.1

 
2,500

 

  Expander
30,000

 
0.1

 
20,000

 
0.1

Fixed-rate plus cap
10,000

 

 
10,000

 

 
22,939,240

 
88.6

 
20,096,489

 
81.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Variable-rate advances
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

     Overnight
10,467

 

 
7,683

 

Simple variable
2,920,000

 
11.3

 
4,457,000

 
18.1

Floating rate advances with embedded caps and / or floors
20,000

 
0.1

 
20,000

 
0.1

 
2,950,467

 
11.4

 
4,484,683

 
18.2

Total par value
$
25,889,707

 
100.0
%
 
$
24,581,172

 
100.0
%
 
See Item 1 — Notes to the Financial Statements — Note 7 — Advances for disclosures relating to redemption terms of the advances portfolio.

We lend to members and housing associates with principal places of business within our district, which consists of the six New England states. Outstanding advances are generally diversified among our borrowers throughout our district, with some concentrations, as set forth in the table below. At June 30, 2012, we had advances outstanding to 310, or 67.2 percent, of our 461 members. At December 31, 2011, we had advances outstanding to 317, or 68.6 percent, of our 462 members.

The following table presents the top five advance-borrowing institutions at June 30, 2012, and the interest earned on outstanding advances to such institutions during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012.


70


Top Five Advance-Borrowing Institutions
(dollars in thousands)
 
 
June 30, 2012
 
 
 
Name
 
Par Value of
Advances
 
Percent of Total Par Value of
Advances
 
Weighted-Average
Rate (1)
 
Advances Interest Income for the Three Months Ended
June 30, 2012

Advances Interest Income for the Six Months Ended
June 30, 2012

RBS Citizens, N.A.
 
$
5,070,218

 
19.6
%
 
0.26
%
 
$
2,584

$
5,212

Bank of America Rhode Island, N.A.
 
1,597,457

 
6.2

 
0.56

 
1,626

2,977

Webster Bank, N.A.
 
1,529,005

 
5.9

 
0.72

 
2,992

6,196

Salem Five Cents Savings Bank
 
671,712

 
2.6

 
2.01

 
3,367

6,686

Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
 
600,000

 
2.3

 
1.96

 
2,975

5,950

_______________________
(1)
Weighted-average rates are based on the contract rate of each advance without taking into consideration the effects of interest-rate-exchange agreements that may be used as a hedging instrument.

At December 31, 2011, First Niagara Bank, N.A. was among the top five advance-borrowing institutions due to its acquisition of NewAlliance Bank, our former member. Moreover, First Niagara Bank was our largest single source of advances interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2012. First Niagara Bank, N.A., as a nonmember, is ineligible to borrow from us but was able to maintain the advances balances that NewAlliance Bank had borrowed when it was our member. In April 2012, First Niagara Bank, N.A. paid off its outstanding advances.

Advances Credit Risk

We endeavor to minimize credit risk on advances by monitoring the financial condition of our borrowers and by holding sufficient collateral to protect us from credit losses. Our approaches to credit risk on advances are described under Item 7 Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Financial Condition Advances Credit Risk in the 2011 Annual Report. We have never experienced a credit loss on an advance.

Our membership continues to be challenged by the continuing weak economic conditions, although there have been some measures of improvement. Aggregate nonperforming assets for depository institution members declined from 1.12 percent of total assets as of December 31, 2011, to 1.10 percent of assets as of March 31, 2012. The aggregate ratio of tangible capital to assets among the membership increased from 8.67 percent as of December 31, 2011, to 8.98 percent as of March 31, 2012. March 31, 2012, is the date of our most recent data on our membership for this report. As of June 30, 2012, there have been no member failures during 2012. All of our extensions of credit to our members are secured by eligible collateral as noted herein. No member has ever defaulted on an advance. However, if a member were to default, and the value of the collateral pledged by the member declined to a point such that we were unable to realize sufficient value from the pledged collateral to cover the member's obligations and we were unable to obtain additional collateral to make up for the reduction in value of such collateral, we could incur losses. Although not expected, a default by a member with significant obligations to us could result in significant financial losses, which would adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

We assign each borrower to one of the following three credit status categories based primarily on our assessment of the borrower's overall financial condition and other factors:

Category-1: members that are generally in satisfactory financial condition; 
Category-2: members that show weakening financial trends in key financial indices and/or regulatory findings; and
Category-3: members with financial weaknesses that present an elevated level of concern. In addition, we generally place insurance company members in Category-3 status because, unlike other members, insurance companies are subject to different laws and regulations in their particular states that could expose us to unique risks. We place housing associates in Category-3.

For additional information on the Bank's classification of its borrowers, see the 2011 Annual Report under Item 7 Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Financial Condition Advances Credit Risk in the 2011 Annual Report.  

Advances outstanding to borrowers in Category-1 status at June 30, 2012, totaled $17.2 billion. For these advances, we have access to collateral through security agreements, where the borrower agrees to hold such collateral for our benefit, totaling

71


$45.1 billion as of June 30, 2012. Of this total, $10.1 billion of securities have been delivered to us or to an approved third-party custodian, an additional $1.6 billion of securities are held by borrowers' securities corporations, and $6.4 billion of residential mortgage loans have been pledged by borrowers' real-estate-investment trusts.

The following table provides information regarding advances outstanding with our borrowers in Category-1, Category-2, and Category-3 status at June 30, 2012, along with their corresponding collateral balances.

Advances Outstanding by Borrower Collateral Status
As of June 30, 2012
(dollars in thousands)
 
Number of
Borrowers
 
Par Value of Advances
Outstanding
 
Discounted
Collateral
 
Ratio of 
Discounted
 Collateral
to Advances
Category-1 status
265

 
$
17,216,748

 
$
45,089,673

 
261.9
%
Category-2 status
24

 
7,244,669

 
17,764,087

 
245.2

Category-3 status
26

 
1,428,290

 
1,859,649

 
130.2

Total
315

 
$
25,889,707

 
$
64,713,409

 
250.0
%

The method by which a borrower pledges collateral is dependent upon the category status to which it is assigned based on its financial condition and on the type of collateral that the borrower pledges. Based upon the method by which borrowers pledge collateral to us, the following table shows the total potential lending value of the collateral that borrowers have pledged to us, net of our collateral valuation discounts as of June 30, 2012.

Collateral by Pledge Type
(dollars in thousands)
 
Discounted Collateral
Collateral not specifically listed and identified
$
36,861,469

Collateral specifically listed and identified
20,531,385

Collateral delivered to us
17,741,094


For additional information on our collateral policies and practices, see Item 7 Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Financial Condition Advances Credit Risk in the 2011 Annual Report.

We accept nontraditional and subprime loans that are underwritten in accordance with applicable regulatory guidance as eligible collateral for our advances as discussed under Item 7 Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Financial Condition Advances Credit Risk in the 2011 Annual Report. At June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, the amount of pledged nontraditional and subprime loan collateral was 10 percent and 9 percent, respectively, of total member borrowing capacity.
 
We have not recorded any allowance for credit losses on credit products at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, for the reasons discussed in Item 1 Notes to the Financial Statements Note 9 Allowance for Credit Losses.

Investments
 
At June 30, 2012, investment securities and short-term money market instruments totaled $19.4 billion, compared with $21.4 billion at December 31, 2011.

Investment securities increased $154.3 million to $12.4 billion at June 30, 2012, compared with December 31, 2011.

Short-term money market investments totaled $7.0 billion at June 30, 2012, compared with $9.2 billion at December 31, 2011. This $2.2 billion net decrease resulted from a $900.0 million decrease in securities purchased under agreements to resell and a $1.3 billion decrease in federal funds sold.

Under our regulatory authority to purchase MBS, additional investments in MBS, ABS, and certain securities issued by the Small Business Administration (SBA) are prohibited if our investments in such securities exceed 300 percent of capital. Capital

72


for this calculation is defined as capital stock, mandatorily redeemable capital stock, and retained earnings. At June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, our MBS, ABS and SBA holdings represented 218 percent and 195 percent of capital, respectively.

We endeavor to maintain our total investments at a level no greater than 50 percent of our total assets because investing activities are generally incidental to our mission. Our total investments were 38.9 percent of our total assets at June 30, 2012, versus 42.8 percent at December 31, 2011. We have been able to satisfy this investment objective without a material impact on our results of operations or financial condition because the reduction in investments has been principally concentrated in short-term, very low-yielding investments and because other components of our assets have maintained a strong net interest spread to funding costs. We expect to continue to be able to satisfy this investment objective for the foreseeable future without a material impact on our results of operations or financial condition by continuing this approach, as necessary.

Our MBS investment portfolio consists of the following categories of securities as of June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011. The percentages in the table below are based on carrying value.

Mortgage-Backed Securities
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
Residential MBS - U.S. government-guaranteed and GSE
61.3
%
 
53.4
%
Commercial MBS - U.S. government-guaranteed and GSE
22.4

 
26.7

Private-label residential MBS
15.9

 
19.5

ABS backed by home-equity loans
0.3

 
0.3

Private-label commercial MBS
0.1

 
0.1

Total MBS
100.0
%
 
100.0
%
  
See Item 1 — Notes to the Financial Statements — Note 3 — Trading Securities, Note 4 — Available-for-Sale Securities, Note 5 — Held-to-Maturity Securities, and Note 6 — Other-Than-Temporary Impairment for additional information on our investment securities.

Investments Credit Risk

We are subject to credit risk on unsecured investments consisting primarily of short-term (under one year to maturity) money market instruments issued by high-quality financial institutions and long-term (generally at least one year to maturity) debentures issued or guaranteed by U.S. agencies, the FDIC under the FDIC's Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program, U.S government-owned corporations, GSEs, and supranational institutions. We place short-term funds with large, high-quality financial institutions with long-term credit ratings no lower than single-A (or equivalent) on an unsecured basis; currently all such placements expire within one day. We have counterparty exposure on these short-term investments.

In addition to these unsecured short-term investments, we also make secured investments in the form of reverse repurchase agreements secured by U.S. agency obligations, whose terms to maturity are up to 35 days. We have also invested in and are subject to secured credit risk related to MBS, ABS, and HFA securities that are directly or indirectly supported by underlying mortgage loans. According to Finance Agency regulation investments in MBS and ABS must be rated triple-A (or equivalent) at the time of purchase and HFA securities must carry a credit rating of double-A (or equivalent) or higher as of the date of purchase.

Credit ratings on total investments are provided in the following table.


73


Credit Ratings of Investments at Carrying Value
As of June 30, 2012
(dollars in thousands)
 
 
Long-Term Credit Rating (1)
Investment Category
 
Triple-A
 
Double-A
 
Single-A
 
Triple-B
 
Below
Triple-B
 
Unrated
Money market instruments: (2)
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
Interest-bearing deposits
 
$

 
$
250

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

Securities purchased under agreements to resell
 

 

 
6,000,000

 

 

 

Federal funds sold
 

 
1,000,000

 

 

 

 

Total money market instruments
 

 
1,000,250

 
6,000,000

 

 

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-MBS:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
U.S. agency obligations
 

 
15,807

 

 

 

 

U.S. government-owned corporations
 

 
290,771

 

 

 

 

GSEs
 

 
2,429,569

 

 

 

 

Supranational institutions
 
472,277

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate bonds (3)
 

 
359,660

 

 

 

 

HFA securities
 
24,525

 
121,944

 

 
49,920

 

 
2,114

Total non-MBS
 
496,802

 
3,217,751

 

 
49,920

 

 
2,114

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MBS:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government guaranteed - residential (2)
 

 
142,927

 

 

 

 

U.S. government guaranteed - commercial (2)
 

 
466,976

 

 

 

 

GSE - residential (2)
 

 
5,127,257

 

 

 

 

GSE - commercial (2)
 

 
1,456,987

 

 

 

 

Private-label - residential
 
14,972

 
13,667

 
103,441

 
88,356

 
1,146,503

 

Private-label - commercial
 
10,549

 

 

 

 

 

ABS backed by home-equity loans
 
6,824

 
5,312

 
7,839

 

 
5,497

 

Total MBS
 
32,345

 
7,213,126

 
111,280

 
88,356

 
1,152,000

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total investment securities
 
529,147

 
10,430,877

 
111,280

 
138,276

 
1,152,000

 
2,114

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total investments
 
$
529,147

 
$
11,431,127

 
$
6,111,280

 
$
138,276

 
$
1,152,000

 
$
2,114

_______________________
(1)
Ratings are obtained from Moody's, Fitch, Inc. (Fitch), and S&P and are each as of June 30, 2012. If there is a split rating, the lowest rating is used.
(2)
The issuer rating is used for these investments, and if a rating is on negative credit watch, the rating in the next lower rating category is used and then the lowest rating is determined.
(3)
Consists of corporate debentures guaranteed by the FDIC under the FDIC's Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. The FDIC guarantee carries the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

The following table details our investment securities with a long-term credit rating below investment grade as of June 30, 2012.


74


Credit Ratings of Investments Below Investment Grade at Carrying Value
As of June 30, 2012
(dollars in thousands)
Investment Category
 
Double-B
 
Single-B
 
Triple-C
 
Double-C
 
Single-C
 
Single-D
 
Total Below
Investment
Grade
Private-label residential MBS
 
$
50,028

 
$
83,666

 
$
583,238

 
$
107,507

 
$
63,942

 
$
258,122

 
$
1,146,503

ABS backed by home-equity loans
 

 
3,663

 
1,370

 

 

 
464

 
5,497

Total
 
$
50,028

 
$
87,329

 
$
584,608

 
$
107,507

 
$
63,942

 
$
258,586

 
$
1,152,000


Finance Agency regulations include limits on the amount of unsecured credit an individual FHLBank may extend to a counterparty or to a group of affiliated counterparties. This limit is based on a percentage of eligible regulatory capital and the counterparty's long-term unsecured credit rating. Under these regulations, the level of eligible regulatory capital is determined as the lesser of our total regulatory capital or the eligible amount of regulatory capital of the counterparty. The eligible amount of regulatory capital is then multiplied by a specified percentage for each counterparty, which product is our maximum amount of unsecured credit exposure to that counterparty. The percentage that we may offer for term extensions of unsecured credit ranges from 1 percent to 15 percent based on the counterparty's credit rating. Term extensions of unsecured credit include on- and off-balance sheet and derivative transactions. See — Derivative Instruments Credit Risk for additional information related to derivatives exposure.

Finance Agency regulations further allow additional unsecured credit for overnight sales of federal funds. The specified percentage of eligible regulatory capital for determining the maximum amount of unsecured credit exposure which we may offer to a counterparty for overnight sales of federal funds ranges from two percent to 30 percent based on the counterparty's credit rating. However, per these Finance Agency regulations our total unsecured exposure to a single counterparty may not exceed twice the regulatory limit for term exposures, or a total of two percent to 30 percent of the eligible amount of regulatory capital, based on the counterparty's credit rating. During the quarter ended June 30, 2012, we were in compliance with Finance Agency regulatory limits established for unsecured credit.

We are prohibited by a Finance Agency regulation from investing in financial instruments issued by non-U.S. entities, including foreign sovereign governments, other than those issued by U.S. branches and agency offices of foreign commercial banks. Our unsecured credit exposures to U.S. branches and agency offices of foreign commercial banks include, among other things, the risk that, as a result of political or economic conditions in a country, the counterparty may be unable to meet their contractual repayment obligations. Our unsecured credit exposures to domestic counterparties and U.S. subsidiaries of foreign commercial banks include the risk that these counterparties have extended credit to foreign counterparties. We are in compliance with the Finance Agency regulation and did not own any financial instruments issued by foreign sovereign governments, including those countries that are members of the European Union, as of June 30, 2012.

For information on how we mitigate our investments' credit risks, see Item 7 — Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Financial Condition — Investments Credit Risk in the 2011 Annual Report.
The table below presents our short-term unsecured money-market credit exposure with counterparties by investment type. At June 30, 2012, we did not have any aggregate unsecured credit exposure from investments of $1 billion or more to any individual counterparty.

Short-term Unsecured Money-market Credit Exposure by Investment Type
(dollars in thousands)
Carrying Value (1)
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
Federal funds sold
 
$
1,000,000

 
$
2,270,000

_______________________
(1)
Excludes unsecured investment credit exposure to U.S. government, GSEs, U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities, corporate debentures guaranteed by the FDIC under the FDIC's Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program, and triple-A rated supranational institutions and does not include related accrued interest as of June 30, 2012.

As of June 30, 2012, our unsecured investment credit exposure to U.S. branches and agency offices of foreign commercial banks was limited to federal funds sold. As of June 30, 2012, all of our unsecured investment credit exposure in federal funds sold was to U.S. branches and agency offices of foreign commercial banks.
 

75


The table below presents the June 30, 2012 carrying values and average balances for the three months ended June 30, 2012 of the short-term unsecured money-market credit exposures presented by the domicile of the counterparty or the domicile of the counterparty's parent for U.S. branches and agency offices of foreign commercial banks. We endeavor to mitigate this credit risk by investing in unsecured investments of highly rated counterparties. At June 30, 2012, all short-term unsecured money-market investments held by the Bank were rated double-A.

Period-End and Average Balance of Unsecured Credit Exposure,
by Country of Domicile of Counterparty (1) 
(dollars in thousands)
Country of Domicile of Counterparty
 
Carrying Value as of June 30, 2012
 
Average Balance for the Three Months ended June 30, 2012
Domestic
 
$

 
$
12,967

U.S branches and agency offices of foreign commercial banks
 
 
 
 
Sweden
 
500,000

 
509,780

Canada
 
500,000

 
307,088

Germany
 

 
177,747

Finland
 

 
141,154

Norway
 

 
90,165

United Kingdom
 

 
87,637

Switzerland
 

 
49,451

Netherlands
 

 
6,044

Total U.S branches and agency offices of foreign commercial banks
 
1,000,000

 
1,369,066

Total unsecured credit exposure
 
$
1,000,000

 
$
1,382,033

_______________________
(1)
Excludes unsecured investment credit exposure to U.S. government, GSEs, U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities, corporate debentures guaranteed by the FDIC under the FDIC's Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program, and triple-A rated supranational institutions and does not include related accrued interest as of June 30, 2012.

The table below presents the contractual maturity of short-term unsecured money-market credit exposure by the domicile of the counterparty or the domicile of the counterparty's parent for U.S. branches and agency offices of foreign commercial banks. We also endeavor to mitigate the credit risk on short-term unsecured money-market investments by investing in investments that have short-term maturities. At June 30, 2012, all of our outstanding unsecured money-market investments had overnight maturities.

Contractual Maturity of Unsecured Credit Exposure, by Country of Domicile of Counterparty
(dollars in thousands)

 
 
Carrying Value (1) as of June 30, 2012
Country of Domicile of Counterparty
 
Overnight
 
Due 2 days through 30 days
 
Due 31 days through 90 days
 
Due 91 days through 180 days
 
Due 181 days through 270 days
 
Due after 270 days
 
Total
U.S branches and agency offices of foreign commercial banks
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Canada
 
$
500,000

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
500,000

Sweden
 
500,000

 

 

 

 

 

 
500,000

Total unsecured investment credit exposure
 
$
1,000,000

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
1,000,000

_______________________
(1)
Excludes unsecured investment credit exposure to U.S. government, GSEs, U.S. Government agencies and instrumentalities, corporate debentures guaranteed by the FDIC under the FDIC's Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program,

76


and triple-A rated supranational institutions and does not include related accrued interest as of June 30, 2012.

During the quarter ended June 30, 2012, we continued to invest in unsecured overnight money market instruments issued by certain Eurozone financial institutions rated at least single-A or higher by the three major NRSROs and domiciled in Finland, Germany, and the Netherlands from time to time. We continued to use the same safeguards and approaches to these counterparties to protect against unanticipated exposures arising from possible contagion from the Eurozone financial crisis that are discussed under Item 7 — Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Financial Market Conditions — European Sovereign Debt Crisis in the 2011 Annual Report. On June 30, 2012, we had no unsecured money market exposure to Eurozone financial institutions. Our maximum unsecured money market exposure to any single Eurozone financial institution was $600.0 million on any day during the quarter ended June 30, 2012.

At June 30, 2012, our unsecured credit exposure related to money-market instruments and debentures, including accrued interest, was $4.6 billion to nine counterparties and issuers, of which $1.0 billion was for federal funds sold, and $3.6 billion was for debentures. The following issuers/counterparties individually accounted for greater than 10 percent of total unsecured credit exposure as of June 30, 2012:

Issuers / Counterparties Representing Greater Than
10 Percent of Total Unsecured Credit
As of June 30, 2012

Issuer / counterparty
 
Percent
Fannie Mae
 
38.3
%
Freddie Mac
 
15.0

Svenska Handelsbanken
 
10.9

Bank of Nova Scotia
 
10.9

Inter-American Development Bank (a supranational institution)
 
10.4


The following table presents a summary of the average projected values over the remaining lives of the securities for the significant inputs relating to our private-label MBS during the quarter ended June 30, 2012, as well as related current credit enhancement. Credit enhancement is defined as the percentage of subordinated tranches, over-collateralization, and other accounts or cash flows that provide additional credit support such as reserve funds, insurance policies, and/or excess interest, if any, in a security structure that will generally absorb losses before we will experience a loss on the security. Subordinated tranches can serve as credit enhancement, because losses are generally allocated to the subordinate tranches until their principal balances have been reduced to zero before senior tranches are allocated losses. Over-collateralization means available collateral in excess of the principal balance of the related security. The calculated averages represent the dollar-weighted averages of all the private-label residential MBS and home equity loan investments in each category shown, regardless of whether or not the securities have incurred an other-than-temporary impairment credit loss (dollars in thousands).


77


 
 
 
 
Significant Inputs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Projected
Prepayment Rates
 
Projected
Default Rates
 
Projected
Loss Severities
 
Current
Credit Enhancement
Private-label MBS by
Year of Securitization
 
Par Value (1)
 
Weighted
Average
Percent
 
Range
Percent
 
Weighted
Average
Percent
 
Range
Percent
 
Weighted
Average
Percent
 
Range
Percent
 
Weighted
Average
Percent
 
Range
Percent
Private-label residential MBS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Prime (2)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2007
 
$
22,563

 
7.8
%
 
7.8
%
 
6.4
%
 
6.4
%
 
30.9
%
 
30.9
%
 
7.6
%
 
7.6
%
2006
 
16,086

 
7.3

 
7.3

 
36.9

 
36.9

 
40.7

 
40.7

 
0.0

 
0.0

2005
 
57,628

 
8.4

 
5.5 - 9.8

 
31.1

 
18.0 - 50.0

 
46.6

 
32.2 - 53.0

 
14.6

 
3.5 - 47.8

2004 and prior
 
141,674

 
10.2

 
3.8 - 20.6

 
16.9

 
3.0 - 60.3

 
31.0

 
18.8 - 53.2

 
15.6

 
6.2 - 70.8

Total
 
$
237,951

 
9.4
%
 
3.8 - 20.6

 
20.7
%
 
3.0 - 60.3

 
35.4
%
 
18.8 - 53.2

 
13.6
%
 
0.0 - 70.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Alt-A (2)
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

2007
 
$
538,698

 
3.4
%
 
1.3 - 9.4

 
75.3
%
 
33.2 - 88.9

 
51.2
%
 
41.1 - 59.1

 
12.7
%
 
0.0 - 44.8

2006
 
885,049

 
3.8

 
1.6 - 7.1

 
71.7

 
39.2 - 87.0

 
53.7

 
39.2 - 60.9

 
14.6

 
0.0 - 48.9

2005
 
579,039

 
6.2

 
3.1 - 10.5

 
49.5

 
24.5 - 75.0

 
45.6

 
28.5 - 56.8

 
21.3

 
0.0 - 62.0

2004 and prior
 
56,290

 
9.9

 
7.1 - 16.6

 
34.5

 
2.1 - 55.0

 
40.8

 
20.2 - 54.3

 
24.6

 
7.4 - 39.7

Total
 
$
2,059,076

 
4.5
%
 
1.3 - 16.6

 
65.4
%
 
2.1 - 88.9

 
50.4
%
 
20.2 - 60.9

 
16.3
%
 
0.0 - 62.0

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ABS backed by home equity loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Subprime (2)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2004 and prior
 
$
27,392

 
5.7
%
 
3.8 - 7.3

 
31.3
%
 
3.0 - 43.7

 
77.2
%
 
18.8 - 95.0

 
35.8
%
 
6.2 - 99.8

_______________________
(1)         Commercial private-label MBS with a par value of $10.6 million and a private-label residential MBS with a par value of $3.4 million that are backed by the Federal Housing Administration and the Department of Veteran Affairs loans are not included in this table.
(2)
Securities are classified in the table above based upon the current performance characteristics of the underlying pool and therefore the manner in which the collateral pool group backing the security has been modeled (as prime, Alt-A, or subprime), rather than the classification of the security at the time of issuance.

For purposes of the tables below we classify private-label residential and commercial MBS and ABS backed by home equity loans as prime, Alt-A, or subprime based on the originator's classification at the time of origination or based on the classification by an NRSRO upon issuance of the MBS. In some instances, the NRSROs may have changed their classification subsequent to origination, which would not necessarily be reflected in the following tables.

Of our $9.5 billion in par value of MBS and ABS investments at June 30, 2012, $2.3 billion in par value are private-label MBS. These private-label MBS are comprised of the following:

$2.1 billion in par value are securities backed primarily by Alt-A loans;
$251.9 million in par value are backed primarily by prime residential and/or commercial loans; and
$27.4 million in par value of these investments are backed primarily by subprime mortgages.

While there are no universally accepted classifications of mortgage loans based on underwriting standards, in general, subprime underwriting implies a credit-impaired borrower with a FICO® score below 660, prime underwriting implies a borrower without a history of delinquent payments as well as documented income and a loan amount that is at or less than 80 percent of the market value of the house, while Alt-A underwriting implies a prime borrower with limited income documentation and/or a loan-to-value ratio of higher than 80 percent. FICO® is a widely used credit-industry model developed by Fair Isaac and Company, Inc. to assess borrower credit quality with scores ranging from a low of 300 to a high of 850. While we generally follow the collateral type definitions provided by S&P, we do review the credit performance of the underlying collateral, and revise the classification where appropriate, an approach that is likewise incorporated into the modeling assumptions provided by the OTTI Governance Committee. For additional information on the OTTI Governance Committee, see — Item 7 — Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Estimates of the 2011 Annual Report.

The third-party collateral loan performance platform used by the FHLBank of San Francisco, with whom we have contracted to

78


perform these analyses, assesses eight bonds that we own, totaling $74.8 million in par value as of June 30, 2012, to have collateral that is Alt-A in nature, while that same collateral is classified as prime by S&P. Accordingly, these bonds have been modeled using the same credit assumptions applied to Alt-A collateral. However, these bonds are reported as prime in the various tables below in this section.

Additionally, one bond classified as Alt-A collateral by S&P, of which we held $4.5 million in par value as of June 30, 2012, is classified and modeled as prime by the third-party modeling software. However this bond is reported as Alt-A in the various tables below in this section in accordance with S&P's classification. See — Item 7 — Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Estimates of the 2011 Annual Report for information on our key inputs, assumptions, and modeling employed by us in our other-than-temporary impairment assessments.

Unpaid Principal Balance of Private-Label MBS and ABS Backed by Home Equity Loans
by Fixed Rate or Variable Rate
(dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
Private-label MBS
Fixed
Rate (1)
 
Variable
Rate (1)
 
Total
 
Fixed
Rate (1)
 
Variable
Rate (1)
 
Total
Private-label residential MBS
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Prime
$
21,818

 
$
219,517

 
$
241,335

 
$
23,846

 
$
292,663

 
$
316,509

Alt-A
39,912

 
2,019,163

 
2,059,075

 
42,153

 
2,147,908

 
2,190,061

Total private-label residential MBS
61,730

 
2,238,680

 
2,300,410

 
65,999

 
2,440,571

 
2,506,570

Private-label commercial MBS
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Prime
10,586

 

 
10,586

 
10,586

 

 
10,586

ABS backed by home equity loans
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Subprime

 
27,392

 
27,392

 

 
28,114

 
28,114

Total par value of private-label MBS
$
72,316

 
$
2,266,072

 
$
2,338,388

 
$
76,585

 
$
2,468,685

 
$
2,545,270

_______________________
 (1)
The determination of fixed or variable rate is based upon the contractual coupon type of the security.

The following tables provide additional information related to our investments in MBS issued by private trusts and ABS backed by home-equity loans, indicating whether the underlying mortgage collateral is considered to be prime, Alt-A, or subprime at the time of issuance. Additionally, the amounts outstanding as of June 30, 2012, are stratified by year of issuance of the security. The tables also set forth the credit ratings and summary credit enhancements associated with our private-label MBS and ABS, stratified by collateral type and year of securitization. Average current credit enhancements as of June 30, 2012, reflect the percentage of subordinated class outstanding balances as of June 30, 2012, to our senior class outstanding balances as of June 30, 2012, weighted by the par value of our respective senior class securities, and shown by underlying loan collateral type and year of securitization. Average current credit enhancements as of June 30, 2012, are indicative of the ability of subordinated classes to absorb loan collateral lost principal and interest shortfall before senior classes are impacted.


79


Private-Label MBS and
ABS Backed by Home Equity Loans
by Year of Securitization - Prime
At June 30, 2012
(dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Private-label residential MBS - Prime
Total
 
2007
 
2006
 
2005
 
2004 and prior
Par value by credit rating
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

   Triple-A
$
2,719

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
2,719

   Double-A
8,436

 

 

 

 
8,436

   Single-A
36,585

 

 

 

 
36,585

   Triple-B
80,207

 
22,564

 

 

 
57,643

Below Investment Grade
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Double-B
23,752

 

 

 

 
23,752

   Single-B
16,823

 

 

 
15,467

 
1,356

   Triple-C
49,527

 

 

 
34,960

 
14,567

   Single-C
7,200

 

 

 
7,200

 

   Single-D
16,085

 

 
16,085

 

 

Total
$
241,334

 
$
22,564

 
$
16,085

 
$
57,627

 
$
145,058

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortized cost
$
230,653

 
$
22,563

 
$
12,703

 
$
50,855

 
$
144,532

Gross unrealized losses
(34,620
)
 
(4,440
)
 
(1,099
)
 
(8,951
)
 
(20,130
)
Fair value
196,120

 
18,123

 
11,604

 
41,904

 
124,489

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average percentage of fair value to par value
81.27
%
 
80.32
%
 
72.14
%
 
72.72
%
 
85.82
%
Original weighted average credit support
10.96

 
6.41

 
8.32

 
21.01

 
7.96

Weighted average credit support
13.47

 
7.55

 

 
14.59

 
15.45

Weighted average collateral delinquency (1)
12.60

 
4.81

 
16.87

 
19.54

 
10.58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Private-label commercial MBS - Prime
Total
 
2007
 
2006
 
2005
 
2004 and prior
Par value by credit rating
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Triple-A
$
10,586

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
10,586

Amortized cost
10,549

 

 

 

 
10,549

Fair value
11,035

 

 

 

 
11,035

Weighted average percentage of fair value to par value
104.24
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
104.24
%
Original weighted average credit support
12.50

 

 

 

 
12.50

Weighted average credit support
14.88

 

 

 

 
14.88

Weighted average collateral delinquency (1)
1.19

 

 

 

 
1.19

_______________________
 (1)          Represents loans that are 60 days or more delinquent.


80


Private-Label MBS and
ABS Backed by Home Equity Loans
by Year of Securitization - Alt-A
At June 30, 2012
(dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Private-label residential MBS - Alt-A
Total
 
2007
 
2006
 
2005
 
2004 and prior
Par value by credit rating
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Triple-A
$
12,253

 
$

 
$

 
$
12,253

 
$

   Double-A
5,232

 

 

 

 
5,232

   Single-A
68,065

 

 

 
47,817

 
20,248

   Triple-B
8,149

 

 

 
1,903

 
6,246

Below Investment Grade
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Double-B
26,435

 

 

 
13,091

 
13,344

   Single-B
67,947

 
2,604

 

 
54,123

 
11,220

   Triple-C
990,923

 
221,463

 
498,001

 
271,459

 

   Double-C
234,101

 
84,824

 
61,261

 
88,016

 

   Single-C
102,516

 
21,344

 
38,221

 
42,951

 

   Single-D
543,455

 
208,463

 
287,566

 
47,426

 

Total
$
2,059,076

 
$
538,698

 
$
885,049

 
$
579,039

 
$
56,290

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortized cost
$
1,555,451

 
$
371,878

 
$
619,091

 
$
508,192

 
56,290

Gross unrealized losses
(440,437
)
 
(100,948
)
 
(188,561
)
 
(140,011
)
 
(10,917
)
Fair value
1,115,228

 
270,930

 
430,744

 
368,181

 
45,373

Other-than-temporary impairment for the six months ended June 30, 2012:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total other-than-temporary impairment losses on held-to-maturity securities
$
(12,141
)
 
$
(290
)
 
$
(8,743
)
 
$
(2,529
)
 
$
(579
)
Net amount of impairment losses reclassified to (from) accumulated other comprehensive loss
7,692

 
(97
)
 
4,681

 
2,529

 
579

Net impairment losses on held-to-maturity securities recognized in income
$
(4,449
)
 
$
(387
)
 
$
(4,062
)
 
$

 
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average percentage of fair value to par value
54.16
%
 
50.29
%
 
48.67
%
 
63.58
%
 
80.60
%
Original weighted average credit support
27.62

 
28.46

 
28.61

 
26.73

 
13.01

Weighted average credit support
16.26

 
12.72

 
14.57

 
21.33

 
24.58

Weighted average collateral delinquency (1)
37.33

 
43.76

 
41.68

 
26.64

 
17.45

_______________________
(1)          Represents loans that are 60 days or more delinquent.


81


Private-Label MBS and
ABS Backed by Home Equity Loans
by Year of Securitization - Subprime
At June 30, 2012
(dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
ABS backed by home equity loans – Subprime
 
2004 and prior
Par value by credit rating
 
 

   Triple-A
 
$
6,850

   Double-A
 
5,312

   Single-A
 
7,839

Below Investment Grade
 
 
   Single-B
 
4,618

   Triple-C
 
1,849

   Single-D
 
924

Total
 
$
27,392

 
 
 
Amortized cost
 
$
26,699

Gross unrealized losses
 
(6,137
)
Fair value
 
20,596

Other-than-temporary impairment for the six months ended June 30, 2012:
 
 
Total other-than-temporary impairment losses on held-to-maturity securities
 
$

Net amount of impairment losses reclassified to (from) accumulated other comprehensive loss
 
(3
)
Net impairment losses on held-to-maturity securities recognized in income
 
$
(3
)
 
 
 
Weighted average percentage of fair value to par value
 
75.19
%
Original weighted average credit support
 
10.03

Weighted average credit support
 
35.83

Weighted average collateral delinquency (1)
 
19.79

_______________________
(1)          Represents loans that are 60 days or more delinquent.

Carrying values and fair values in the table below are as of June 30, 2012.

Rating Agency Actions (1) 
Investments on Negative Watch as of July 31, 2012
(dollars in thousands)
 
 
Private-Label Residential MBS
 
ABS Backed by Home
Equity Loans
 
HFA Securities
Investment Ratings
 
Carrying Value
 
Fair Value
 
Carrying Value
 
Fair Value
 
Carrying Value
 
Fair Value
Triple-A
 
$
2,246

 
$
2,116

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

Double-A
 
2,684

 
2,421

 
5,312

 
3,933

 
82,674

 
69,438

Triple-B
 
22,564

 
18,123

 

 

 

 

Double-B
 
3,084

 
2,454

 

 

 

 

_______________________
(1)
Represents the lowest rating as of July 31, 2012 available for each security based on the NRSROs we use.

The following table provides a summary of credit-rating downgrades that have occurred during the period from July 1, 2012, through July 31, 2012 for our investments. Carrying values and fair values are as of June 30, 2012.


82


Rating Agency Actions (1) 
Ratings Downgrades
from July 1, 2012, through July 31, 2012
(dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
Credit Rating as of
 
Carrying
 
Fair
Investment Category
June 30, 2012
 
July 31, 2012
 
Value
 
Value
Private-label - residential
Double-A
 
Single-A
 
$
2,759

 
$
2,332

Private-label - residential
Triple-B
 
Double-B
 
2,552

 
2,119

_______________________
(1)
Represents the lowest rating available for each security based on the NRSROs we use.

The following table provides certain characteristics our private-label MBS that are in a gross unrealized position by collateral
type.

Characteristics of Private-Label MBS in a Gross Unrealized Loss Position
As of June 30, 2012
(dollars in thousands)
 
June 30, 2012
 
July 31, 2012, Private-label MBS ratings
based on June 30, 2012, par value
 
Par Value
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Weighted
Average
Collateral
Delinquency
Rates
 

Percent AAA
 
Percent AAA
 
Percent
Investment
Grade
 
Percent
Below
Investment
Grade
 
Percent Watch List
Private-label residential MBS backed by:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Prime first lien
$
237,969

 
$
227,288

 
$
(34,621
)
 
12.45
%
 
1.1
%
 
1.1
%
 
51.3
%
 
48.7
%
 
10.4
%
Alt-A option ARM
820,408

 
677,379

 
(222,232
)
 
42.38

 

 

 

 
100.0

 

Alt-A other
1,225,298

 
871,261

 
(218,204
)
 
33.84

 
1.0

 
1.0

 
7.7

 
92.3

 
0.5

Total private-label residential MBS
2,283,675

 
1,775,928

 
(475,057
)
 
34.68

 
0.7

 
0.7

 
9.5

 
90.5

 
1.3

ABS backed by home equity loans:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Subprime first lien
26,460

 
26,051

 
(6,137
)
 
19.52

 
25.9

 
25.9

 
75.6

 
24.4

 
20.1

Total private-label MBS
$
2,310,135

 
$
1,801,979

 
$
(481,194
)
 
34.50
%
 
0.9
%
 
0.9
%
 
10.2
%
 
89.8
%
 
1.6
%

The following table provides the geographic concentrations by state and by metropolitan statistical area of the loans underlying our private-label MBS and ABS as of June 30, 2012, where such concentrations are five percent or greater of all loans underlying these investments.
 
Geographic Concentrations of Loans Underlying our Private-Label MBS and ABS
 
 
State concentrations
Percentage of Total Private-Label MBS and ABS
    California
39.6
%
    Florida
12.7

    All Other
47.7

 
100.0
%
Metropolitan Statistical Area
 
    Los Angeles - Long Beach, CA
10.4
%
    Washington, D.C.-MD-VA-WV
6.1

    All Other
83.5

 
100.0
%
 

83


Since 2008, actual and projected delinquency, foreclosure, and loss rates for prime, subprime, and Alt-A mortgage loans have increased significantly nationwide. While trends have improved in some of these actual measures and their projected assumptions, they remain elevated as of the date of this report. In addition, home prices are severely depressed in many areas and nationwide unemployment rates are high, increasing the likelihood and magnitude of potential losses on troubled and/or foreclosed real estate. The widespread impact of these trends has led to the recognition of significant losses by financial institutions, including commercial banks, investment banks, and financial guaranty providers. Actual and expected credit losses on these securities together with uncertainty as to the degree, direction, and duration of these loss trends has led to the reduction in the market values of securities backed by residential mortgages, and has elevated the potential for additional credit losses due to the other-than-temporary impairment of some of these securities.

The following graph demonstrates how average prices have changed with respect to various asset classes in our MBS portfolio during the 12 months ended June 30, 2012:

Insured Investments

Certain private-label MBS that we own are insured by monoline insurers, which guarantee the timely payment of principal and interest on such MBS if such payments cannot be satisfied from the cash flows of the underlying mortgage pool. The assessment for other-than-temporary impairment of the MBS protected by such third-party insurance is described in Item 1 — Notes to the Financial Statements — Note 6 — Other-Than-Temporary Impairment.
 
The following table provides the credit ratings of the third-party insurers.



84


Monoline Insurance and GSE Guarantees of MBS and
ABS Backed by Home Equity Loan Investments
Credit Ratings and Outlook
As of July 31, 2012
 
 
Moody's
 
S&P
 
Fitch
 
Credit Rating
 
Outlook / Negative Watch
 
Credit Rating
 
Outlook / Negative Watch
 
Credit Rating
 
Outlook / Negative Watch
Ambac Assurance Corporation (1)
Removed
 
NA
 
Removed
 
NA
 
Not Rated
 
Not Rated
Assured Guaranty Municipal Corp.
Aa3
 
Negative Watch
 
AA-
 
Stable
 
Not Rated
 
Not Rated
MBIA Insurance Corporation (2)
B3
 
Negative Watch
 
B
 
Negative
 
Not Rated
 
Not Rated
Syncora Guarantee Inc. (1)
Ca
 
Positive Watch
 
Removed
 
NA
 
Not Rated
 
Not Rated
Financial Guaranty Insurance Company (1)
Not Rated
 
Not Rated
 
Not Rated
 
Not Rated
 
Not Rated
 
Not Rated
Fannie Mae
Aaa
 
Negative
 
AA+
 
Negative
 
AAA
 
Negative
Freddie Mac
Aaa
 
Negative
 
AA+
 
Negative
 
AAA
 
Negative
_______________________
(1)
We placed no reliance on these monoline insurers in our models estimating the projected cash flows to determine other-than-temporary impairment. See Item 1 — Notes to the Financial Statements — Note 6 — Other-Than-Temporary Impairment for additional information.
(2)
MBIA Insurance Corp.'s burnout period ends in September 2012. See Item 1 — Notes to the Financial Statements — Note 6 — Other-Than-Temporary Impairment for additional information.

The following table shows our private-label MBS and ABS backed by home equity loan investments covered by monoline insurance and related gross unrealized losses.

Par Value of Monoline Insurance Coverage and Related Unrealized Losses
of Private-Label MBS and
ABS Backed by Home Equity Loan Investments by Year of Securitization
At June 30, 2012
(dollars in thousands)
 
 
Ambac
 Assurance Corp (1)
 
Assured Guaranty
Municipal Corp
 
MBIA
 Insurance Corp (2)
 
Syncora
Guarantee Inc. (1)
 
Financial Guaranty
Insurance Co. (1)
 
Monoline
Insurance
Coverage
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Monoline
Insurance
Coverage
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Monoline
Insurance
Coverage
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Monoline
Insurance
Coverage
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Monoline
Insurance
Coverage
 
Unrealized
Losses
Private-label MBS by Year of Securitization
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Alt-A
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2007
$
55,684

 
$
(3,577
)
 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

2006
13,642

 
(3,721
)
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2005
27,863

 
(8,062
)
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2004 and prior
1,306

 
(225
)
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Alt-A
98,495

 
(15,585
)
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subprime
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

2004 and prior
1,856

 
(70
)
 
7,047

 
(1,846
)
 
14,039

 
(2,954
)
 
3,534

 
(1,000
)
 
917

 
(267
)
Total private-label MBS
$
100,351

 
$
(15,655
)
 
$
7,047

 
$
(1,846
)
 
$
14,039

 
$
(2,954
)
 
$
3,534

 
$
(1,000
)
 
$
917

 
$
(267
)
_______________________
(1)
We placed no reliance on these monoline insurers in our models estimating the projected cash flows to determine other-than-temporary impairment. See Item 1 — Notes to the Financial Statements — Note 6 — Other-Than-Temporary Impairment for additional information.
(2)
MBIA Insurance Corp.'s burnout period ends in September 2012. See Item 1 — Notes to the Financial Statements — Note 6 — Other-Than-Temporary Impairment for additional information.

Our total investments in HFA securities was $198.5 million as of June 30, 2012. The following table provides the geographic concentrations by state of our HFA investments where such concentrations are five percent or greater of our total HFA

85


investments as of June 30, 2012.

State Concentrations of HFA Securities
 
 
Carry Value
 
Percent of Total HFA Investments
Massachusetts
 
$
113,790

 
57.3
%
Rhode Island
 
29,910

 
15.1

Connecticut
 
24,525

 
12.4

Maine
 
15,000

 
7.6

All Other
 
15,278

 
7.6

 
 
$
198,503

 
100.0
%

Standby Bond-Purchase Agreements. We have entered into standby bond-purchase agreements with one state HFA whereby we, for a fee, agree to purchase and hold the HFA's unremarketed bonds until the designated remarketing agent can find a new investor or the state HFA repurchases the bonds in accordance with a schedule established by the agreement. Each agreement contains termination provisions in the event of a rating downgrade of the subject bond. Standby bond purchase commitments totaled $161.6 million at June 30, 2012, to this HFA. All of the bonds underlying the commitments to this HFA maintain standalone ratings of triple-A from two NRSROs.

Mortgage Loans

As of June 30, 2012, our mortgage loan investment portfolio totaled $3.3 billion, an increase of $202.2 million from the December 31, 2011, balance of $3.1 billion. This increase occurred notwithstanding increasing prepayments on these investments, which could reflect growing interest in MPF as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac increase their guarantee fees, reducing their competitiveness with MPF.

References to our investments in mortgage loans throughout this report include the 100 percent participation interests in mortgage loans purchased under a participation facility we have with the FHLBank of Chicago. The expiration date of this facility has been extended to September 30, 2013 and may be extended further in the future. As of June 30, 2012, we had $271.5 million in 100 percent participation interests outstanding that had been purchased under this facility. For additional information on this facility, see Item 1 — Business — Mortgage Loan Finance — MPF Loan Participations with the FHLBank of Chicago of the 2011 Annual Report .

Mortgage Loans Credit Risk.

We are subject to credit risk from the mortgage loans in which we invest due to our exposure to the credit risk of the underlying borrowers and the credit risk of the participating financial institutions when the participating financial institutions retain credit-enhancement and/or servicing obligations. For additional information on the credit risks arising from our participation in the MPF program, see Item 7 — Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Financial Condition — Mortgage Loans — Mortgage Loans Credit Risk in the 2011 Annual Report.

Although our mortgage loan portfolio includes loans throughout the U.S., concentrations of five percent or greater of the outstanding principal balance of our conventional mortgage loan portfolio are shown in the following table:


86


State Concentrations by Outstanding Principal Balance
 
Percentage of Total Outstanding Principal Balance of Conventional Mortgage Loans
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
 
 

 
 

    Massachusetts
37
%
 
35
%
    California
11

 
12

    Connecticut
8

 
9

    Maine
8

 
6

    Wisconsin
7

 
6

    All others
29

 
32

    Total
100
%
 
100
%
Although delinquent loans in our portfolio are spread throughout the U.S., delinquent loan concentrations of five percent or greater of the outstanding principal balance of our total conventional mortgage loans delinquent by more than 30 days are shown in the following table:

State Concentrations of Delinquent Conventional Mortgage Loans
 
Percentage of Total Outstanding Principal Balance of Delinquent Conventional Mortgage Loans
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
 
 

 
 

    California
25
%
 
23
%
    Massachusetts
23

 
24

    Connecticut
9

 
9

    All others
43

 
44

    Total
100
%
 
100
%

Allowance for Credit Losses on Mortgage Loans. The allowance for credit losses on mortgage loans was $6.1 million at June 30, 2012, compared with $7.8 million at December 31, 2011. The principal reason for this decline is the continuing improvement in the delinquency rates of our investments in conventional mortgage loans since December 31, 2011. For information on the determination of the allowance at June 30, 2012, see Item 1— Notes to the Financial Statements — Note 9 — Allowance for Credit Losses, and for information on our methodology for estimating the allowance, see Item 7 — Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Estimates — Allowance for Loan Losses in the 2011 Annual Report.

We place conventional mortgage loans on nonaccrual when the collection of the contractual principal or interest is 90 days or more past due. Accrued interest on nonaccrual loans is reversed against interest income. We monitor the delinquency levels of the mortgage loan portfolio on a monthly basis. The following table presents our delinquent loans (dollars in thousands).
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
Nonaccrual loans, par value
$
48,390

 
$
54,927

Total par value past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest (1)
24,653

 
24,438

_______________________
(1)
Represents government mortgage loans.

Higher-Risk Loans. Our portfolio includes certain higher-risk conventional mortgage loans. These include high loan-to-value ratio mortgage loans and subprime mortgage loans. The higher-risk loans represent a relatively small portion of our conventional mortgage loan portfolio (7.7 percent by outstanding principal balance), but a disproportionately higher portion of the conventional mortgage loan portfolio delinquencies (35.9 percent by outstanding principal balance). Our allowance for loan losses reflects the expected losses associated with these higher-risk loan types. The table below shows the balance of higher-risk conventional mortgage loans and their delinquency rates as of June 30, 2012.
 

87


Summary of Higher-Risk Conventional Mortgage Loans
As of June 30, 2012
(dollars in thousands)
 
High-Risk Loan Type
 
Total Par Value
 
Percent
Delinquent
30 Days
 
Percent
Delinquent
 60 Days
 
Percent
Delinquent 90
Days or More and
Nonaccruing
Subprime loans (1)
 
$
191,034

 
6.74
%
 
2.58
%
 
6.52
%
High loan-to-value loans (2)
 
31,148

 
4.35

 
1.35

 
9.87

Subprime and high loan-to-value loans (3)
 
3,765

 
16.73

 
6.19

 
13.67

Total high-risk loans
 
$
225,947

 
6.57
%
 
2.47
%
 
7.10
%
_______________________
(1)
Subprime loans are loans to borrowers with FICO® credit scores 660 or lower.
(2)
High loan-to-value loans have an estimated current loan-to-value ratio greater than 100 percent based on movements in property values in the core-based statistical areas where the property securing the loan is located.
(3)
These loans are subprime and also have a current estimated loan-to-value ratio greater than 100 percent.
 
Our portfolio consists solely of fixed-rate conventionally amortizing first-lien mortgage loans. The portfolio does not include adjustable-rate mortgage loans, pay-option adjustable-rate mortgage loans, interest-only mortgage loans, junior lien mortgage loans, or loans with initial teaser rates.

Mortgage Insurance Companies. We are exposed to credit risk from mortgage insurance companies that provide credit enhancement in place of the participating financial institution and for primary mortgage insurance coverage on individual loans. As of June 30, 2012, we were the beneficiary of primary mortgage insurance coverage on $230.9 million of conventional mortgage loans, and we were the beneficiary of supplemental mortgage insurance coverage on mortgage pools with a total unpaid principal balance of $31.3 million. Eight mortgage insurance companies provide all of the coverage under these policies.
 
As of July 31, 2012, all of these mortgage insurance companies, with the exception of Triad Guaranty Insurance Corporation, which is no longer rated by any of the NRSROs, have a credit rating of triple-B or lower (or equivalent) by at least one NRSRO as presented in the below table. Ordinarily we do not accept primary mortgage insurance from a mortgage insurance company unless that company is rated at least triple-B by S&P at the time of our investment in the loan (although we may accept lower-rated mortgage insurance provided we obtain additional credit enhancement in such form as we deem appropriate and of substance sufficient to mitigate the risks of relying on such lower rated primary mortgage insurance). Given that only two mortgage insurance companies have a credit rating of at least triple-B as of July 31, 2012, we could develop increasing concentrations of exposure to those mortgage insurance companies. We have established and maintain limits on exposure to individual mortgage insurance companies in an effort to mitigate those concentration risks. However, those exposure limits have, in turn, led to fewer mortgage loan investment opportunities for us.

We have analyzed our potential loss exposure to all of the mortgage insurance companies and do not expect incremental losses based on these exposures. This expectation is based on the credit-enhancement features of our master commitments (exclusive of mortgage insurance), the underwriting characteristics of the loans that back our master commitments, the seasoning of the loans that back these master commitments, and the strong performance of the loans to date. We have monitored the financial condition of these mortgage insurance companies. Further, we required all new supplemental mortgage insurance policies be with companies rated AA- or higher by S&P. However, none of the eight mortgage insurance companies previously approved by us are currently eligible to write new supplemental mortgage insurance policies for loan pools sold to us. We do not currently invest in mortgage loans that rely on supplemental mortgage insurance to be eligible investments.


88


Mortgage Insurance Companies that Provide Mortgage Insurance Coverage
(dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
As of July 31, 2012
 
June 30, 2012
Mortgage Insurance
Company
 
Mortgage Insurance Company Ratings
(S&P/ Moody's/Fitch
 
Credit Rating Outlook
 
Balance of
Loans with
Primary Mortgage Insurance
 
Primary Mortgage Insurance
 
Supplemental
Mortgage Insurance
 
Mortgage Insurance Coverage
 
Percent of Total Mortgage Insurance Coverage
United Guaranty Residential Insurance Corporation
 
BBB/Baa1/NR
 
Stable
 
$
90,976

 
$
21,119

 
$

 
$
21,119

 
39.9
%
Genworth Mortgage Insurance Corporation
 
B/Ba1/NR
 
Negative
 
51,611

 
12,321

 

 
12,321

 
23.3

Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Corporation
 
B/B1/NR
 
Negative
 
38,887

 
8,473

 

 
8,473

 
16.0

PMI Mortgage Insurance Company (1)
 
R/Caa3/NR
 
Negative
 
15,037

 
3,204

 

 
3,204

 
6.1

CMG Mortgage Insurance Company
 
BBB/NR/BBB-
 
Negative
 
12,612

 
2,984

 

 
2,984

 
5.6

Radian Guaranty Incorporated
 
B/Ba3/NR
 
Negative
 
9,661

 
1,832

 

 
1,832

 
3.5

Republic Mortgage Insurance Company (2)
 
R/NR/NR
 
Negative Watch
 
9,257

 
1,813

 
649

 
2,462

 
4.6

Triad Guaranty Insurance Corporation
 
NR/NR/NR
 
N/A
 
2,840

 
506

 

 
506

 
1.0

 
 
 
 
 
 
$
230,881

 
$
52,252

 
$
649

 
$
52,901

 
100.0
%
_______________________
(1)
On October 20, 2011, the Arizona Department of Insurance took possession and control of PMI Mortgage Insurance Company and beginning October 24, 2011, PMI Mortgage Insurance Company has been directed to only pay 50 percent of the claim amounts with the remaining claim amounts being deferred until the company is liquidated.
(2)
On January 19, 2012, the North Carolina Department of Insurance issued an Order of Supervision providing for immediate
administrative supervision of Republic Mortgage Insurance Co. (RMIC). Under the order, RMIC continues to manage the
business through its employees, and retains its status as a wholly-owned subsidiary of its parent holding company, Old Republic International Corporation. The primary effect is that RMIC may not pay more than 50 percent of any claims allowed under any policy of insurance it has issued. The remaining 50 percent will be deferred and credited to a temporary surplus account on the books of RMIC during an initial period not to exceed one year. Accordingly, all claim payments made on January 19, 2012, and thereafter will be made at the rate of 50 percent.

Deposits

At June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, deposits totaled $668.8 million and $654.2 million, respectively.
 
Term deposits issued in amounts of $100,000 or greater at both June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011 amounted to $20.0 million, with a maturity date in 2014, and a weighted average rate of 4.71 percent.

Derivative Instruments
 
All derivative instruments are recorded on the statement of condition at fair value, and are classified as assets or liabilities according to the net fair value of derivatives aggregated by counterparty. Derivative assets' net fair value, net of cash collateral and accrued interest, totaled $103,000 and $16.5 million as of June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively. Derivative liabilities' net fair value, net of cash collateral and accrued interest, totaled $954.7 million and $905.3 million as of June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively.

The following table presents a summary of the notional amounts and estimated fair values of our outstanding derivative instruments, excluding accrued interest, and related hedged item by product and type of accounting treatment as of June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011. The notional amount is a factor in determining periodic interest payments or cash flows received and paid. Accordingly, the notional amount does not represent actual amounts exchanged or our overall exposure to credit and market risk. The hedge designation “fair value” represents the hedge classification for transactions that qualify for hedge-

89


accounting treatment and hedge changes in fair value attributable to changes in the designated benchmark interest rate, which is LIBOR. The hedge designation "cash flow" represents the hedge classification for transactions that qualify for hedge-accounting treatment and hedge the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows. The hedge designation “economic” represents hedge strategies that do not qualify for hedge accounting, but are acceptable hedging strategies under our risk-management policy.

Hedged Item and Hedge-Accounting Treatment
(dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
Hedged Item
 
Derivative
 
Designation
 
Notional
Amount
 
Fair
 Value
 
Notional
Amount
 
Fair
Value
Advances
 
Swaps
 
Fair value
 
$
6,920,507

 
$
(547,418
)
 
$
7,850,557

 
$
(603,754
)
 
 
Swaps
 
Economic
 
10,750

 
(150
)
 
10,750

 
(282
)
Total associated with advances
 
 
 
 
 
6,931,257

 
(547,568
)
 
7,861,307

 
(604,036
)
Available-for-sale securities
 
Swaps
 
Fair value
 
711,915

 
(392,438
)
 
711,915

 
(379,375
)
 
 
Caps and floors
 
Economic
 
300,000

 
248

 
300,000

 
786

Total associated with available-for-sale securities
 
 
 
 
 
1,011,915

 
(392,190
)
 
1,011,915

 
(378,589
)
Trading securities
 
Swaps
 
Economic
 
225,000

 
(32,679
)
 
225,000

 
(29,503
)
COs
 
Swaps
 
Fair value
 
8,645,550

 
94,068

 
10,743,550

 
196,640

 
 
Swaps
 
Economic
 
100,000

 
9

 

 

 
 
Forward starting swaps
 
Cash Flow
 
1,250,000

 
(54,407
)
 
700,000

 
(31,981
)
Total associated with COs
 
 
 
 
 
9,995,550

 
39,670

 
11,443,550

 
164,659

Deposits
 
Swaps
 
Fair value
 
20,000

 
3,371

 
20,000

 
3,986

Total
 
 
 
 
 
18,183,722

 
(929,396
)
 
20,561,772

 
(843,483
)
Mortgage delivery commitments
 
 
 
 
 
42,593

 
92

 
17,734

 
128

Total derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
$
18,226,315

 
(929,304
)
 
$
20,579,506

 
(843,355
)
Accrued interest
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
(24,916
)
 
 

 
(25,187
)
Cash collateral
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
(330
)
 
 

 
(20,241
)
Net derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
$
(954,550
)
 
 

 
$
(888,783
)
Derivative asset
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
$
103

 
 

 
$
16,521

Derivative liability
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
(954,653
)
 
 

 
(905,304
)
Net derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
$
(954,550
)
 
 

 
$
(888,783
)
 
The following tables provide a summary of our hedging relationships for fair-value hedges of advances and COs that qualify for hedge accounting by year of contractual maturity. Interest accruals on interest-rate-exchange agreements in qualifying hedge relationships are recorded as interest income on advances and interest expense on COs in the statement of operations. The notional amount of derivatives in qualifying hedge relationships of advances and COs totals $15.6 billion, representing 85.4 percent of all derivatives outstanding as of June 30, 2012. Economic hedges and cash flow hedges are not included within the two tables below.


90


Fair-Value Hedge Relationships of Advances
By Year of Contractual Maturity
As of June 30, 2012
(dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-Average Yield (3)
 
Derivatives
 
Advances(1)
 
 
 
Derivatives
 
 
Maturity
Notional
 
Fair Value
 
Hedged
Amount
 
Fair-Value
Adjustment(2)
 
Advances
 
Receive
Floating
Rate
 
Pay
Fixed
Rate
 
Net Receive
Result
Due in one year or less
$
1,059,500

 
$
(14,458
)
 
$
1,059,500

 
$
14,372

 
3.57
%
 
0.47
%
 
3.44
%
 
0.60
%
Due after one year through two years
767,310

 
(32,996
)
 
767,310

 
32,927

 
3.70

 
0.46

 
3.49

 
0.67

Due after two years through three years
945,615

 
(50,112
)
 
945,615

 
50,000

 
3.01

 
0.47

 
2.73

 
0.75

Due after three years through four years
725,562

 
(59,996
)
 
725,562

 
59,885

 
3.21

 
0.47

 
3.01

 
0.67

Due after four years through five years
1,576,130

 
(172,490
)
 
1,576,130

 
170,861

 
3.42

 
0.47

 
3.18

 
0.71

Thereafter
1,846,390

 
(217,366
)
 
1,846,390

 
216,368

 
3.43

 
0.47

 
3.20

 
0.70

Total
$
6,920,507

 
$
(547,418
)
 
$
6,920,507

 
$
544,413

 
3.40
%
 
0.47
%
 
3.18
%
 
0.69
%
_______________________
(1)
Included in the advances hedged amount are $4.0 billion of putable advances, which would accelerate the termination date of the derivative and the hedged item if the put option is exercised.
(2)
The fair-value adjustment of hedged advances represents the amounts recorded for changes in the fair value attributable to changes in the designated benchmark interest rate, LIBOR.
(3)
The yield for floating-rate instruments and the floating-rate leg of interest-rate swaps is the coupon rate in effect as of June 30, 2012.
 
Fair-Value Hedge Relationships of Consolidated Obligations
By Year of Contractual Maturity
As of June 30, 2012
(dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-Average Yield (3)
 
Derivatives
 
CO Bonds (1)
 
 
 
Derivatives
 
 
Year of Maturity
Notional
 
Fair Value
 
Hedged Amount
 
Fair-Value
Adjustment(2)
 
CO Bonds
 
Receive
Fixed Rate
 
Pay
Floating
 Rate
 
Net Pay
Result
Due in one year or less
$
3,375,050

 
$
21,853

 
$
3,375,050

 
$
(21,856
)
 
1.44
%
 
1.46
%
 
0.32
%
 
0.30
%
Due after one year through two years
3,495,500

 
34,881

 
3,495,500

 
(34,734
)
 
1.21

 
1.20

 
0.38

 
0.39

Due after two years through three years
595,000

 
8,763

 
595,000

 
(8,784
)
 
1.36

 
1.36

 
0.35

 
0.35

Due after three years through four years
655,000

 
25,294

 
655,000

 
(25,325
)
 
1.77

 
1.74

 
0.35

 
0.38

Due after four years through five years
365,000

 
2,047

 
365,000

 
(2,049
)
 
0.95

 
0.95

 
0.34

 
0.34

Thereafter
160,000

 
1,230

 
160,000

 
(1,473
)
 
1.40

 
1.40

 
0.13

 
0.13

Total
$
8,645,550

 
$
94,068

 
$
8,645,550

 
$
(94,221
)
 
1.35
%
 
1.35
%
 
0.35
%
 
0.35
%
_______________________
(1)
Included in the CO Bonds hedged amount are $530.0 million of callable CO Bonds, which would accelerate the termination date of the derivative and the hedged item if the call option is exercised.
(2) 
The fair-value adjustment of hedged CO bonds represents the amounts recorded for changes in the fair value attributable to changes in the designated benchmark interest rate, LIBOR.
(3)
The yield for floating-rate instruments and the floating-rate leg of interest-rate swaps is the coupon rate in effect as of June 30, 2012.
  
We engage in derivatives directly with affiliates of certain of our members that act as derivatives dealers to us. These derivatives are entered into for our own risk-management purposes and are not related to requests from our members to enter into such contracts. See Item 1 — Notes to the Financial Statements — Note 19 — Transactions with Related Parties for outstanding derivatives with affiliates of members.

Derivative Instruments Credit Risk. We are subject to credit risk on derivative instruments. This risk arises from the risk of counterparty default on the derivative. The amount of loss created by default is the replacement cost of the defaulted contract, net of any collateral held by us or pledged by us to counterparties (unsecured derivatives exposure). We currently receive only cash collateral from counterparties with whom we are in a current positive fair-value position. The resulting net exposure at fair

91


value is reflected in the below table. We presently pledge only securities collateral to counterparties with whom we are in a current negative fair-value position. From time to time, due to timing differences or derivatives valuation differences, and the contractual haircuts applied, we pledge to counterparties securities collateral whose fair value exceeds the current negative fair-value positions with them. The resulting unsecured credit exposure to these latter counterparties as of June 30, 2012 was $29.4 million.

We note that our derivatives instruments could require us to deliver additional collateral to certain of our counterparties if our credit rating is downgraded by an NRSRO, which could increase our exposure to loss in the event of a default by a counterparty to which we were the net creditor at the time of any such default, as further detailed in Item 1 — Notes to the Financial Statements — Note 10 — Derivatives and Hedging Activities. For information on how we mitigate the credit risk from unsecured credit exposures under our derivatives instruments, see Item 7 — Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Financial Condition — Derivative Instruments Credit Risk in the 2011 Annual Report.

We note that during the quarter ended June 30, 2012, we had two Eurozone derivatives counterparties: one domiciled in France
and one domiciled in Germany, each of which is rated single-A or higher by all three of the major NRSROs.
We continue to use the same safeguards and approaches to these counterparties to protect against unanticipated exposures arising from possible contagion from the Eurozone financial crisis that are discussed under Item 7 — Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Financial Market Conditions — European Sovereign Debt Crisis in the 2011 Annual Report. We had $14.7 million in unsecured derivatives exposure to one of these Eurozone financial institutions on June 30, 2012. Our maximum unsecured derivatives exposure to any Eurozone counterparty was $22.1 million during the quarter ended June 30, 2012.

The following table presents derivative counterparty credit exposure as of June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011.

Derivative Instruments
(dollars in thousands)
 
Notional
Amount
 
Number of
Counterparties
 
Total Net
Exposure at
Fair Value (3)
As of June 30, 2012
 

 
 

 
 

Interest-rate-exchange agreements: (1)
 

 
 

 
 

Double-A
$
25,000

 
1

 
$

Single-A
13,778,732

 
10

 

Triple-B
4,379,990

 
2

 

Total interest-rate-exchange agreements
18,183,722

 
13

 

Commitments to invest in mortgage loans (2)
42,593

 

 
103

Total derivatives
$
18,226,315

 
13

 
$
103

 
 

 
 

 
 

As of December 31, 2011
 

 
 

 
 

Interest-rate-exchange agreements: (1)
 

 
 

 
 

Double-A
$
575,000

 
2

 
$
16,393

Single-A
19,986,772

 
11

 

Total interest-rate-exchange agreements
20,561,772

 
13

 
16,393

Commitments to invest in mortgage loans (2)
17,734

 

 
128

Total derivatives
$
20,579,506

 
13

 
$
16,521

_______________________
(1)
Ratings are obtained from Moody's, Fitch, and S&P. If there is a split rating, the lowest rating is used. In the case where the obligations are unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed, the rating of the guarantor is used.
(2)
Total fair-value exposures related to commitments to invest in mortgage loans are offset by certain pair-off fees. Commitments to invest in mortgage loans are reflected as derivative instruments. We do not collateralize these commitments. However, should the participating financial institution fail to deliver the mortgage loans as agreed, the participating financial institution is charged a fee to compensate us for the nonperformance.
(3)
Total net exposure of positive fair value netted with cash collateral received from derivative counterparties.


92


The following counterparties accounted for more than 10 percent of the total notional amount of interest-rate-exchange agreements outstanding (dollars in thousands):
 
 
June 30, 2012
Counterparty
 
Notional Amount
Outstanding
 
Percent of Total
Notional
Outstanding
 
Fair Value
Deutsche Bank AG
 
$
3,024,965

 
16.6
%
 
$
(421,815
)
Citigroup Financial Products, Inc.
 
2,567,840

 
14.1

 
(68,641
)
Barclays Bank PLC
 
1,982,795

 
10.9

 
(70,757
)
JP Morgan Chase Bank
 
1,946,650

 
10.7

 
(99,387
)
Goldman Sachs Capital Markets, LP
 
1,871,725

 
10.3

 
(97,334
)

 
 
December 31, 2011
Counterparty
 
Notional Amount
Outstanding
 
Percent of Total
Notional
Outstanding
 
Fair Value
Barclays Bank PLC
 
$
3,085,095

 
15.0
%
 
$
(66,457
)
Deutsche Bank AG
 
2,957,965

 
14.4

 
(407,931
)
Citigroup Financial Products, Inc.
 
2,749,040

 
13.4

 
(73,395
)
Morgan Stanley Capital Services, Inc.
 
2,414,150

 
11.7

 
(115,873
)
Goldman Sachs Bank USA
 
2,286,725

 
11.1

 
(78,858
)

We may deposit funds with these counterparties and their affiliates for short-term money-market investments, including overnight federal funds, term federal funds, and interest-bearing certificates of deposit. Terms for outstanding investments are currently overnight to 35 days. We also engage in short-term secured reverse repurchase agreements with affiliates of these counterparties. All of these counterparties affiliates buy, sell, and distribute our COs.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
Our financial strategies are designed to enable us to expand and contract our assets, liabilities, and capital in response to changes in membership composition and member credit needs. Our primary source of liquidity is our access to the capital markets through CO issuance, which is described in Item 1 — Business — Consolidated Obligations in the 2011 Annual Report. Outstanding COs and the condition of the market for COs are discussed below under — External Sources of Liquidity. Our equity capital resources are governed by our capital plan, certain portions of which are described under — Capital below as well as by applicable legal and regulatory requirements.
 
Liquidity

Internal Sources of Liquidity

We maintain structural liquidity to ensure we meet our day-to-day business needs and our contractual obligations. We define structural liquidity as the difference between projected sources and uses of funds (projected net cash flow) adjusted to include certain assumed contingent, noncontractual obligations or behavioral assumptions (cumulative contingent obligations). Cumulative contingent obligations include the assumption that member overnight deposits are withdrawn at a rate of 50 percent per day and commitments (MPF and other commitments) are taken down at a conservatively projected pace. We define available liquidity as the sources of funds available to us through our normal access to the capital markets, subject to leverage, credit line capacity, and collateral constraints. Our risk-management policy requires us to maintain structural liquidity each day so that any excess of uses over sources is covered by available liquidity for a four-week forecast period and 50 percent of the excess of uses over sources is covered by available liquidity over eight- and 12-week forecast periods. In addition to these minimum requirements, management measures structural liquidity over a three-month forecast period. If the excess of uses over sources is not fully covered by available liquidity over a two-month or three-month forecast period, a management action trigger is breached and senior management is immediately notified so that a decision can be made as to whether immediate remedial action is necessary.

The following table shows our structural liquidity as of June 30, 2012.


93


Structural Liquidity
As of June 30, 2012
(dollars in thousands)
 
 
1 Month
 
2 Month
 
3 Months
Projected net cash flow (1)
$
645,951

 
$
(773,673
)
 
$
(1,468,209
)
Less: Cumulative contingent obligations
(4,957,807
)
 
(6,571,679
)
 
(7,920,433
)
Equals: Net structural liquidity need
(4,311,856
)
 
(7,345,352
)
 
(9,388,642
)
Available borrowing capacity (2)
$
40,162,324

 
$
43,002,535

 
$
45,711,605

Ratio of available borrowing capacity to net structural liquidity need
9.31

 
5.85

 
4.87

Required ratio
1.00

 
0.50

 
0.50

Management action trigger

 
1.00

 
1.00

_______________________
(1)
Projected net cash flow equals projected sources of funds less projected uses of funds based on contractual maturities or expected option exercise periods, as applicable.
(2)
Available borrowing capacity is the CO issuance capacity based on achieving leverage up to our internal minimum capital requirement. For information on this internal minimum capital requirement, see — Internal Capital Practices and Policies — Internal Minimum Capital Requirements.

Finance Agency regulations require us to hold contingency liquidity in an amount sufficient to enable us to cover our liquidity requirements for a minimum of five business days without access the CO debt markets. We complied with this requirement at all times during the quarter ending June 30, 2012. As of June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, we held a surplus of $12.3 billion and $12.8 billion, respectively, of contingency liquidity for the following five days, exclusive of access to the proceeds of CO debt issuance. The following table demonstrates our contingency liquidity as of June 30, 2012.

Contingency Liquidity
As of June 30, 2012
(dollars in thousands)
 
Cumulative
Fifth
Business Day
Projected net cash flow (1)
$
(1,877,150
)
Contingency borrowing capacity (exclusive of CO issuances)
14,195,516

Net contingency borrowing capacity
$
12,318,366

_______________________
(1)
Projected net cash flow equals projected sources of funds less projected uses of funds based on contractual maturities or expected option exercise periods, as applicable.

In addition, certain Finance Agency guidance requires us to maintain sufficient liquidity, through short-term investments, in an amount at least equal to our anticipated cash outflows under two different scenarios. One scenario assumes that we cannot borrow funds from the capital markets for a period of 15 days and that during that time members do not renew any maturing, prepaid, and put or called advances. The second scenario assumes that we cannot borrow funds from the capital markets for five days and that during that period we will renew maturing and called advances for all members except very large, highly rated members. We were in compliance with these liquidity requirements at all times during the three months ended June 30, 2012.
 
Further, we are sensitive to maintaining an appropriate funding balance between our assets and liabilities and have an established policy that limits the potential gap between assets inclusive of projected prepayments, funded by liabilities, inclusive of projected calls, maturing in less than one year. The established policy limits this imbalance to a gap of 20 percent of total assets with a management action trigger should this gap exceed 10 percent of total assets. We maintained compliance with this requirement at all times during the three months ended June 30, 2012. During the three months ended June 30, 2012, this gap averaged 4.3 percent (maximum level 6.4 percent and minimum level 1.2 percent). As of June 30, 2012, this gap was 6.4 percent, compared with 9.2 percent at December 31, 2011.

External Sources of Liquidity


94


FHLBank P&I Funding Contingency Plan Agreement
 
We have a source of emergency external liquidity through the FHLBank P&I Funding Contingency Plan Agreement. Under the terms of that agreement, in the event we do not fund our principal and interest payments under a CO by deadlines established in the agreement, the other FHLBanks will be obligated to fund any shortfall to the extent that any of the other FHLBanks have a net positive settlement balance (that is, the amount by which end-of-day proceeds received by such FHLBank from the sale of COs on that day exceeds payments by such FHLBank on COs on the same day) in its account with the Office of Finance on the day the shortfall occurs. We would then be required to repay the funding FHLBanks. Neither we nor any of the other FHLBanks have ever drawn upon this agreement.

Debt Financing Consolidated Obligations
 
At June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, outstanding COs, including both CO bonds and CO discount notes, totaled $44.2 billion and $44.5 billion, respectively.

CO bonds outstanding for which we are primarily liable at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, include issued callable bonds totaling $1.7 billion and $3.0 billion, respectively.

CO discount notes are also a significant funding source for us. CO discount notes are short-term instruments with maturities ranging from overnight to one year. We use CO discount notes primarily to fund short-term advances and investments and longer-term advances and investments with short repricing intervals. CO discount notes comprised 37.6 percent and 32.9 percent of the outstanding COs for which we are primarily liable at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively, but accounted for 94.0 percent and 98.3 percent of the proceeds from the issuance of such COs during the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively, due, in particular, to our frequent overnight CO discount note issuances.

See Item 1 — Notes to the Financial Statements — Note 12 — Consolidated Obligations for additional information on the COs for which we are primarily liable.

Financial Conditions for Consolidated Obligations

We have experienced relatively favorable CO issuance costs and good market access during the period covered by this report. Financial markets were relatively calmer than during the preceding two quarters as uncertainties about European sovereignties and financial institutions abated due, in part, to actions by the European Central Bank to provide liquidity. The U.S. economy grew modestly during the six months ended June 30, 2012, and employment growth was generally stronger throughout this period than it had been throughout the second half of 2011.

We continue to operate in a prolonged, historically low-interest rate environment as discussed under — Executive Summary — Continuing and Prolonged Low-Interest Rate Environment. Overall, we have experienced relatively low CO issuance costs during the period covered by this report, reflecting the low-interest rate environment together with a flight to quality due to the sovereign debt crisis in Europe, though easing pressures in Europe caused a slight increase in our relative cost of funding. We have experienced good market demand for all tenors of COs with the strongest demand for short-term COs, and have had no difficulty issuing debt in the amounts and structures required to meet our funding and risk management needs. Throughout the six months ended June 30, 2012, COs were issued at yields that were generally at or below equivalent-maturity LIBOR swap yields for debt maturing in less than five years, while longer term issues bore funding costs that were typically higher than equivalent maturity LIBOR swap yields. We continue to experience similar pricing into the third quarter of 2012.

Capital

Our total GAAP capital decreased $104.8 million to $3.4 billion at June 30, 2012, from $3.5 billion at December 31, 2011. The decrease was attributable to our partial excess capital stock repurchase of $237.4 million in March 2012, offset by a net reduction of $6.0 million in accumulated other comprehensive loss, a $93.7 million increase in retained earnings, and the purchase of $33.9 million of capital stock by members during the six months ended June 30, 2012.

The FHLBank Act and Finance Agency regulations specify that each FHLBank is required to satisfy certain minimum regulatory capital requirements. We were in compliance with these requirements at June 30, 2012, as discussed in Item 1 — Notes to the Financial Statements — Note 14 — Capital.

Our ability to expand in response to member-credit needs is based primarily on the capital-stock requirements for advances. Members without excess stock are required to increase their capital-stock investment as their outstanding advances increase,

95


as described in Item 1 — Business — Capital Resources in the 2011 Annual Report. As discussed in that Item, we may repurchase excess stock in our sole discretion, although we note our continuing moratorium on repurchases of excess stock other than in limited, former member-related instances of insolvency. Although we conducted a partial repurchase of excess stock on March 9, 2012, there are no plans to conduct another excess stock repurchase in 2012. Further, on April 26, 2012, our board of directors adopted a resolution that it will not conduct excess stock repurchases other than in limited, former member-related instances of insolvency without obtaining the Finance Agency's nonobjection, which we do not expect to pursue in 2012. We will consider whether and how to conduct other repurchases of excess stock as part of our 2013 business planning process.

At June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, excess stock totaled $1.9 billion and $2.1 billion, respectively, as set forth in the following table (dollars in thousands):

 
Membership Stock
Investment
Requirement
 
Activity-Based
Stock
Requirement
 
Total Stock
Investment
Requirement (1)
 
Outstanding Class B
Capital Stock (2)
 
Excess Class B
Capital Stock
June 30, 2012
$
639,932

 
$
1,139,201

 
$
1,779,156

 
$
3,636,732

 
$
1,857,576

December 31, 2011
623,793

 
1,104,877

 
1,728,692

 
3,852,777

 
2,124,085

_______________________
(1)
Total stock-investment requirement is rounded up to the nearest $100 on an individual member basis.
(2) 
Class B capital stock outstanding includes mandatorily redeemable capital stock.

We redeem our capital stock in accordance with our capital plan and applicable law. Capital stock can become subject to redemption based on a member's request for the redemption of its excess stock, upon termination of membership or in such other cases as are set forth in our capital plan and subject to the limitations therein. Our only class of capital stock outstanding is Class B stock. Class B stock is subject to a minimum five-year stock redemption period. For additional information on the redemption of our capital stock, see Item 1 — Business — Capital Resources — Redemption of Excess Stock in the 2011 Annual Report and Item 1 — Business — Capital Resources — Mandatorily Redeemable Capital Stock in the 2011 Annual Report.

Capital stock subject to a stock redemption period is reclassified to mandatorily redeemable capital stock in the liability section of the statement of condition. Mandatorily redeemable capital stock totaled $215.9 million and $227.4 million at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively.

The following table sets forth the amount of mandatorily redeemable capital stock by year of expiry of redemption period at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011 (dollars in thousands).
Expiry of Redemption Period
 
June 30,
2012
 
December 31, 2011
Due in one year or less
 
$
80,161

 
$

Due after one year through two years
 
98

 
86,598

Due after two years through three years
 

 
10

Due after three years through four years
 
134,590

 

Due after four years through five years
 
1,014

 
140,821

Total
 
$
215,863

 
$
227,429


Capital Rule

The Finance Agency's regulation on FHLBank capital classification and critical capital levels (the Capital Rule), among other things, establishes criteria for four capital classifications and corrective action requirements for FHLBanks that are classified in any classification other than adequately capitalized. The Capital Rule requires the Director of the Finance Agency to determine on no less than a quarterly basis the capital classification of each FHLBank. For additional information on the Capital Rule, see Item 7 — Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Capital — Capital Rule in the 2011 Annual Report

By letter dated June 19, 2012, the Acting Director of the Finance Agency notified us that, based on March 31, 2012, financial information, we met the definition of adequately capitalized under the Capital Rule. The Acting Director of the Finance Agency has not yet notified us of our capital classification based on June 30, 2012, financial information.

96



Internal Capital Practices and Policies

We also take steps as we believe prudent beyond legal or regulatory requirements in an effort to protect our capital, reflected in our capital ratio targets, internal minimum capital requirement in excess of regulatory requirements, and retained earnings target.

Targeted Capital Ratio Operating Range

We target an operating range of 4.0 percent to 7.5 percent for our capital ratio, a range adopted in conjunction with our capital preservation measures. Our capital ratio was 8.3 percent at June 30, 2012, a ratio in excess of the targeted operating range. This results principally from our limited repurchases of excess stock accompanied with a significant decline in advances balances since 2008, as discussed under — Executive Summary — Advances Balances.

Internal Minimum Capital Requirement

To provide further protection for our capital base, we maintain an internal minimum capital requirement whereby the amount of paid-in capital stock and retained earnings must exceed the sum of our regulatory capital requirement plus our retained earnings target. As of June 30, 2012, this internal minimum capital requirement equaled $2.9 billion, which was satisfied by our actual regulatory capital of $4.1 billion.

Retained Earnings Target

Our retained earnings target is $875.0 million. For information on how we select and adjust our retained earnings target, including in response to Finance Agency regulations, orders, or guidance, see Item 7 — Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Internal Capital Practices and Policies — Retained Earnings Target in the 2011 Annual Report.

At June 30, 2012, we had total retained earnings of $491.8 million, consisting of $448.3 million in unrestricted retained earnings and $43.5 million in restricted retained earnings. For information on our restricted retained earnings contribution requirement, see Item 1 — Notes to the Financial Statements — Note 14 — Capital. Amounts in our restricted retained earnings account are not available to pay dividends.

Dividend Limitations

Our board of directors has iterated its anticipation that any dividends declared through the remainder of 2012 would be modest, as we remain focused on growing our retained earnings to our retained earnings target, as discussed under — Executive Summary. On April 26, 2012, our board of directors adopted a resolution that it would not declare dividends in excess of 20 percent of quarterly net income for the quarter on which the dividend is based for the remainder of 2012 without the Finance Agency's nonobjection. Additionally, on that same day, the board adopted a revision to our retained earnings policy that now provides that when our retained earnings target exceeds the level of our retained earnings, the quarterly dividend payout cannot exceed 40 percent of our earnings for the quarter. This revised policy replaces the prior policy that had limited the quarterly dividend payout to 50 percent of our earnings for the quarter in such instances. For additional information on dividend limitations, see Item 5 — Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities in the 2011 Annual Report.

Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations
 
Our significant off-balance-sheet arrangements consist of the following:
 
commitments that obligate us for additional advances;
 •
standby letters of credit;
 •
commitments for unused lines-of-credit advances;
 •
standby bond-purchase agreements with state housing authorities; and
 •
unsettled COs.

Off-balance-sheet arrangements are more fully discussed in Item 1 — Notes to the Financial Statements — Note 18 —

97


Commitments and Contingencies.

Through the second quarter of 2011, we were required to pay 20 percent of our net earnings (after the AHP assessment) to REFCorp to support payment of part of the interest on bonds issued by REFCorp. Additionally, the FHLBanks must annually set aside for the AHP the greater of an aggregate of $100 million or 10 percent of the current year's income before charges for AHP (but after expenses for REFCorp). Based on our net income of $102.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012, our AHP assessment was $11.5 million. See Item 1 — Business — Assessments in the 2011 Annual Report for additional information regarding REFCorp and AHP.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
 
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make a number of judgments, estimates, and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities (if applicable), and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reported periods. Although management believes these judgments, estimates, and assumptions to be reasonably accurate, actual results may differ.
 
We have identified five accounting estimates that we believe are critical because they require us to make subjective or complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain, and because of the likelihood that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. These estimates include accounting for derivatives, the use of fair-value estimates, accounting for deferred premiums and discounts on prepayable assets, the allowance for loan losses, and other-than-temporary-impairment of investment securities. The Audit Committee of our board of directors has reviewed these estimates. The assumptions involved in applying these policies are discussed in Item 7 — Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Estimates in the 2011 Annual Report.
 
As of June 30, 2012, we have not made any significant changes to the estimates and assumptions used in applying our critical accounting policies and estimates from those used to prepare our audited financial statements. Described below are the results of the sensitivity analysis for private-label MBS.
 
Other-Than-Temporary Impairment of Investment Securities
 
See Item 1 — Notes to the Financial Statements — Note 6 — Other-Than-Temporary Impairment for additional information related to management's other-than-temporary impairment analysis for the current period.

In addition to evaluating our residential private-label MBS under a base-case (or best estimate) scenario, a cash-flow analysis was also performed for each of these securities under a more stressful housing price index (HPI) scenario that was determined by the OTTI Governance Committee.

Our base-case housing price forecast as of June 30, 2012, assumed current-to-trough home price declines ranging from 0.0 percent (for those housing markets that are believed to have reached their trough) to 6.0 percent. For those markets for which further home-price declines are anticipated, such declines were projected to occur over the three- to nine-month period beginning April 1, 2012. For the vast majority of markets where further home-price declines are anticipated, the declines were projected to range from 1.0 percent to 4.0 percent over the three-month period beginning April 1, 2012. From the trough, home prices were projected to recover using one of five different recovery paths that vary by housing market. The more stressful scenario was based on a housing-price forecast that was five percentage points lower at the trough than the base-case scenario followed by a flatter recovery path. Under the more stressful scenario, current-to-trough home-price declines were projected to range from 5.0 percent to 11.0 percent over the three- to nine-month period beginning April 1, 2012. For most of the housing markets, the declines were projected to occur over the three-month period beginning April 1, 2012. The following table presents projected home-price recovery ranges by month under the base-case and adverse-case scenario.

98


 
 
Recovery Range of Annualized Rates
Months
 
Base Case
 
Adverse Case
1 - 6
 
0.0%
to
2.8%
 
0.0%
to
1.9
%
7 - 18
 
0.0%
to
3.0%
 
0.0%
to
2.0
%
19 - 24
 
1.0%
to
4.0%
 
0.7%
to
2.7
%
25 - 30
 
2.0%
to
4.0%
 
1.3%
to
2.7
%
31 - 42
 
2.0%
to
5.0%
 
1.3%
to
3.4
%
43 - 66
 
2.0%
to
6.0%
 
1.3%
to
4.0
%
Thereafter
 
2.3%
to
5.6%
 
1.5%
to
3.8
%

The following table represents the impact on credit-related other-than-temporary impairment using the more stressful scenario of the HPI, described above, compared with actual credit-related other-than-temporary impairment recorded using our base-case HPI assumptions as of June 30, 2012 (dollars in thousands):
 
 
 
Credit Losses as Reported
 
Sensitivity Analysis - Adverse HPI Scenario
For the quarter ending June 30, 2012
 
Number of
Securities
 
Par Value
 
Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Credit Loss
 
Number of
Securities
 
Par Value
 
Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Credit Loss
Prime
 

 
$

 
$

 
4

 
$
31,735

 
$
(618
)
Alt-A
 
8

 
138,447

 
(1,492
)
 
67

 
1,344,422

 
(40,801
)
Subprime
 

 

 

 
1

 
924

 
(70
)
Total private-label MBS
 
8

 
$
138,447

 
$
(1,492
)
 
72

 
$
1,377,081

 
$
(41,489
)
 
RECENT ACCOUNTING DEVELOPMENTS
 
See Item 1 — Notes to the Financial Statements — Note 2 — Recently Issued Accounting Standards and Interpretations for a discussion of recent accounting developments impacting or that could impact us.

LEGISLATIVE AND REGULATORY DEVELOPMENTS

The legislative and regulatory environment in which we operate continues to undergo rapid change driven principally by reforms under the Housing and Economic Reform Act of 2008, as amended (HERA) and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the Dodd-Frank Act). We expect HERA and the Dodd-Frank Act as well as plans for housing finance and GSE reform to result in still further changes to this environment. Our business operations, funding costs, rights, obligations, and/or the environment in which we carry out our housing finance mission are likely to continue to be significantly impacted by these changes. Significant regulatory actions and developments for the period covered by this report are summarized below.

Developments under the Dodd-Frank Act Impacting Derivatives Transactions

Definitions of Certain Terms under New Derivatives Requirements. The Dodd-Frank Act will require swap dealers and certain other large users of derivatives to register as “swap dealers” or “major swap participants,” as the case may be, with the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the CFTC) and/or the SEC. Based on the definitions in the final rules jointly issued by the CFTC and SEC in April 2012, we will not be required to register as either a major swap participant or as a swap dealer because of the derivative transactions that we enter into for the purposes of hedging and managing our interest rate risk or any derivatives transactions that we intermediate for our members.

Based on the final rules and accompanying interpretive guidance jointly issued by the CFTC and SEC in July 2012, call and put optionality in certain advances to our members will not be treated as “swaps” as long as the optionality relates solely to the interest rate on the advance and does not result in enhanced or inverse performance or other risks unrelated to the interest rate. Accordingly, our ability to offer these advances to member customers should not be affected by the new derivatives regulation.

Mandatory Clearing of Derivatives Transactions. The Dodd-Frank Act provides for new statutory and regulatory requirements for derivative transactions, including those utilized by us to hedge our interest rate and other risks. As a result of these requirements, certain derivative transactions will be required to be cleared through a third-party central clearinghouse and

99


traded on regulated exchanges or new swap execution facilities. As further discussed in the 2011 Annual Report, cleared swaps will be subject to new requirements including mandatory reporting, record-keeping and documentation requirements established by applicable regulators, and initial and variation margin requirements established by the clearinghouse and its clearing members. The CFTC is expected to issue proposals regarding which swaps will be subject to mandatory clearing and compliance schedules for mandatory clearing requirements during the third quarter of 2012. At this time, we do not expect that any of our swaps will be subject to these new clearing and trading requirements until the beginning of 2013, at the earliest.

The CFTC recently finalized an end-user exception to mandatory clearing that would not apply to the derivatives transactions that we enter into to hedge and manage our interest-rate risk but that would apply to any derivatives transactions that we intermediate for our members with $10 billion or less in assets as long as the member uses the swaps to hedge or mitigate their commercial risk and the Bank or member comply with the rule's additional reporting requirements. As a result, any such intermediated swaps would not be subject to mandatory clearing, although such swaps would be subject to applicable requirements for uncleared swaps, including requirements that are expected to be issued under the Dodd-Frank Act.

Uncleared Derivatives Transactions. The Dodd-Frank Act will also change the regulatory landscape for derivative transactions that are not subject to mandatory clearing requirements (uncleared trades). While we expect to continue to enter into uncleared trades on a bilateral basis, such trades will be subject to new requirements, including mandatory reporting, record-keeping, documentation, and minimum margin and capital requirements established by applicable regulators. These requirements are discussed in the 2011 Annual Report. At this time, we do not expect to have to comply with such requirements until the beginning of 2013, at the earliest.

The CFTC, the SEC, the Finance Agency, and other bank regulators are expected to continue to issue final rule makings implementing the foregoing requirements between now and the end of 2012.

Effectiveness of Key Rules for Derivatives Transactions. Many of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act relating to derivatives that are expected to have the most effect on our derivatives transactions will take effect on a date determined by the CFTC, no less than 60 days after the CFTC publishes final regulations implementing such provisions. Compliance dates for certain of these rulemakings that have been finalized and published by the CFTC, including new record-keeping and reporting requirements, are based on the effectiveness of the final rules further defining the term “swap” jointly issued by the CFTC and SEC. Such final rules were issued in July 2012 but have not been published in the Federal Register and will not become effective until at least 60 days after they are published in the Federal Register. The implementation time frame for mandatory clearing of eligible interest rate swaps is based on the effectiveness of the CFTC's mandatory clearing determinations, which were released in proposed form on July 24, 2012 for interest rate swaps that are currently clearable. The CFTC will finalize these determinations in the beginning of November 2012, and we will have to clear eligible interest-rate swaps within 180 days after publication of the final determinations, which we estimate will be sometime during the second quarter of 2013.

We, together with the other FHLBanks, will continue to monitor these rulemakings and the overall regulatory process to implement the derivatives reform under the Dodd-Frank Act. We will also continue to work with the other FHLBanks to implement the processes and documentation necessary to comply with the Dodd-Frank Act's new requirements for derivatives.

Developments Impacting Systemically Important Nonbank Financial Companies

Final Rule and Guidance on the Supervision and Regulation of Certain Nonbank Financial Companies. On April 11, 2012, the Financial Stability Oversight Council (the Oversight Council) issued a final rule and guidance, which became effective on May 11, 2012, on the standards and procedures the Oversight Council will follow in determining whether to designate a nonbank financial company for supervision by the Federal Reserve Board (the Federal Reserve) and to be subject to certain heightened prudential standards. If the Oversight Council determines the Bank to be a nonbank financial company subject to the supervision by the Federal Reserve, we would be subject to a separate prudential standards rule that has been proposed by the Federal Reserve, but is not yet final. The guidance issued with this final rule provides that the Oversight Council expects generally to follow a process in making its determinations consisting of:

a first stage that will identify those nonbank financial companies that have $50 billion or more of total consolidated assets (as of June 30, 2012, we had $49.8 billion in total assets) and exceed any one of five threshold indicators of interconnectedness or susceptibility to material financial distress, including whether a company has $20 billion or more in total debt outstanding (as of June 30, 2012, we had $44.2 billion in total outstanding COs, our principal form of outstanding debt);
a second stage involving a robust analysis of the potential threat that the subject nonbank financial company could pose to U.S. financial stability based on additional quantitative and qualitative factors that are both industry and company specific; and

100


a third stage analyzing the subject nonbank financial company using information collected directly from it.

The final rule provides that the Oversight Council will consider as one factor whether the nonbank financial company is subject to oversight by a primary financial regulatory agency (for us, the Finance Agency) in making its determinations. A nonbank financial company that the Oversight Council proposes to designate for additional supervision and prudential standards under this rule has the opportunity to contest the designation. If we are designated by the Oversight Council for supervision by the Federal Reserve and to be subject to the additional prudential standards, then our operations and business could be adversely impacted by resulting additional costs and restrictions on our business activities.

Developments under the Finance Agency

Finance Agency Final Rule on Prudential Management and Operations Standards. On June 8, 2012, the Finance Agency issued a final rule, which became effective on August 7, 2012, adopting certain prudential standards for the operation and management of the FHLBanks, including, among others, prudential standards for internal controls and information systems, internal audit systems, market and interest-rate risks, liquidity, asset growth, investments, credit and counterparty risk management, and records maintenance. The rule requires an FHLBank that fails to meet a standard to file a corrective action plan to the Finance Agency within 30 calendar days. If an acceptable corrective action plan is not submitted by the deadline or the terms of such a plan are not complied with, the Director of the Finance Agency can impose sanctions, such as limits on asset growth, increases in the level of retained earnings, and prohibitions on dividends or the redemption or repurchase of capital stock.

Designation of Size and Composition of the Board of Directors for 2013. On May 31, 2012, the Acting Director of the Finance Agency determined that a 15-member board of directors will govern the Bank beginning January 1, 2013, comprised of eight member directorships; which is a reduction of one member directorship elected by Rhode Island members. The board will continue to have seven independent directorships. The following table shows the allocation of member directorships by state beginning January 1, 2013.
 
State
 
Number of Member
Directorships
 
 
 
Connecticut
 
1
Maine
 
1
Massachusetts
 
3
New Hampshire
 
1
Rhode Island
 
1
Vermont
 
1
 
 
 
Total
 
8
 
The Director of the Finance Agency annually determines the size of the board of directors for each FHLBank, with the designation of member directorships based on the amount of FHLBank stock required to be held by members in each state.

Other Significant Developments

Basel Committee on Banking Supervision Capital Framework. In September 2010, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the Basel Committee) approved a new capital framework for internationally active banks. Banks subject to the new framework will be required to have increased amounts of capital with core capital being more strictly defined to include only common equity and other capital assets that are able to fully absorb losses.

On June 7, 2012, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the Federal Reserve), the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the Agencies) concurrently published three joint notices of proposed rulemaking (the NPRs) seeking comments on comprehensive revisions to the Agencies' capital framework to incorporate the Basel Committee's new capital framework. These revisions would, among other things:

implement the Basel Committee's capital standards related to minimum requirements, regulatory capital, and additional capital buffers;

101


revise the methodologies for calculating risk-weighted assets in the general risk-based capital rules; and
revise the rules by which large banks determine their capital adequacy.

The NPRs do not incorporate the Basel Committee's liquidity risk-measurement standards, which are expected to be proposed in separate rulemakings.

If the NPRs are adopted as proposed, some of our members could need to divest assets in order to comply with the more stringent capital and liquidity requirements, thereby tending to decrease their need for advances. The requirements may also adversely impact investor demand for COs to the extent that impacted institutions divest or limit their investments in COs. On the other hand, the new requirements could incent our members to borrow term advances from us to create and maintain balance sheet liquidity.

AUDIT COMMITTEE CHARTER

Our board of directors' Audit Committee Charter is available in full on our website at the following location:
http://www.fhlbboston.com/downloads/aboutus/Audit_Committee_Charter.pdf

ITEM 3. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Sources and Types of Market and Interest-Rate Risk

Our balance sheet is comprised of different portfolios that require different types of market- and interest-rate-risk management strategies. Sources and types of market and interest-rate risk are described in Item 7A — Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risks — Sources and Types of Market and Interest-Rate Risk in the 2011 Annual Report.

Strategies to Manage Market and Interest-Rate Risk
 
We use various strategies and techniques to manage our market and interest-rate risk including the following and combinations of the following:

the issuance of COs that generally match the interest-rate-risk exposures of our assets;
the use of derivatives and/or COs with embedded options to hedge the interest-rate-risk of our debt (at June 30, 2012, fixed-rate noncallable debt, not hedged by interest-rate swaps, amounted to $14.3 billion, compared with $14.6 billion at December 31, 2011, and fixed-rate callable debt not hedged by interest-rate swaps amounted to $1.2 billion and $843.0 million at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively);
the issuance of COs together with interest-rate swaps that receive a coupon that offsets the bond coupon and that offsets any optionality embedded in the bond, thereby effectively creating a floating-rate liability (total CO bonds used in conjunction with interest-rate-exchange agreements was $8.6 billion, or 31.4 percent of our total outstanding CO bonds at June 30, 2012, compared with $10.7 billion, or 36.3 percent of total outstanding CO bonds, at December 31, 2011);
contractual provisions for advances with original fixed maturities of greater than six months that require borrowers to pay us prepayment fees, which make us financially indifferent if such advances are prepaid prior to maturity and protect against a loss of income under certain interest-rate environments;
the use of the duration extension portfolio (which totaled $2.7 billion at June 30, 2012, as compared with $3.3 billion at December 31, 2011), to hedge our net interest income against the impact of low interest rates, which is discussed in Item 7A — Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risks — Measurement of Market and Interest-Rate Risk — Duration Extension Portfolio in the 2011 Annual Report; and
the use of callable debt for a portion of our investments in mortgage loans to manage the interest-rate and prepayment risks from these investments.

Each of the foregoing strategies and techniques is more fully discussed in the 2011 Annual Report under Item 7A —Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risks — Strategies to Manage Market and Interest Rate Risk in the 2011 Annual Report.

Measurement of Market and Interest-Rate Risk

Our principal measure of market and interest-rate risk is market value of equity (MVE). MVE is the net economic value of total assets and liabilities, including any off-balance-sheet items. In contrast to the GAAP-based shareholder's equity account, MVE represents the shareholder's equity account in present-value terms. Specifically, MVE equals the difference between the theoretical market value of assets and the theoretical market value of liabilities. MVE, and in particular, the ratio of MVE to the

102


book value of equity (BVE), is therefore a theoretical measure of the current value of shareholder investment based on market rates, spreads, prices, and volatility at the reporting date. BVE is equal to our permanent capital, which consists of the par value of capital stock including mandatorily redeemable capital stock, plus retained earnings. BVE excludes accumulated other comprehensive loss.

We caution that care must be taken to properly interpret the results of the MVE analysis as the theoretical basis for these valuations may not be fully representative of future realized prices. Further, valuations are based on market curves and prices respective of individual assets, liabilities, and derivatives, and therefore are not representative of future net income to be earned by us through the spread between asset market curves and the market curves for funding costs. MVE should not be considered indicative of our market value as a going concern because it does not consider future new business activities, risk-management strategies, or the net profitability of assets after funding costs are subtracted. 

We measure our exposure to market and interest-rate risk using several metrics, including:

the ratio of MVE to BVE;
the ratio of MVE to the par value of our Class B Stock (Par Stock), which we refer to as the MVE to Par Stock ratio;
the ratio of adjusted MVE to Par Stock, which metric removes the impact of market illiquidity on MVE;
the ratio of MVE to the market value of assets, which we refer to as the economic capital ratio;
value at risk (VaR), which measures the change in our MVE to a 99th percent confidence interval, based on a set of stress scenarios using historical interest-rate and volatility movements that have been observed over six-month intervals starting at the most recent month-end and going back monthly to 1978, consistent with Finance Agency regulations;
duration of equity, which measures percentage change to shareholder value due to movements in market conditions including, but not limited to, prices, interest rates and volatility;
the duration gap of our assets and liabilities, which is the difference between the estimated durations (percentage change in market value for a 100 basis point shift in rates) of assets and liabilities (including the effect of related hedges) and reflects the extent to which estimated sensitivities to market changes, including, but not limited to, maturity and repricing cash flows for assets and liabilities are matched;
targeted metrics for the duration extension portfolio and our investments in mortgage loans; and
the use of an income-simulation model that projects net interest income over a range of potential interest-rate scenarios, including parallel interest-rate shocks, nonparallel interest-rate shocks, and nonlinear changes to our funding curve and LIBOR.

During the quarter ended March 31, 2012, we ceased using alternative measures of VaR and duration of equity, which we had referred to as management VaR and management duration of equity. We had used these metrics to isolate the distortive impact of private-label MBS credit spreads and market illiquidity on VaR and duration of equity. However, these metrics are no longer as important to us due to the ongoing reduction in the size of our investments in private-label MBS and some recovery in the fair values of those investments.

We maintain limits and management action triggers in connection with each of the foregoing metrics. Those limits, management action triggers, and the foregoing market and interest-rate risk metrics are more fully discussed in the 2011 Annual Report under Item 7A — Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risks — Measurement of Market and Interest-Rate Risk in the 2011 Annual Report.

The following table sets forth each of the foregoing metrics together with any targets, associated limits and management actions triggers at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011.
 

103


Interest/Market-Rate Risk Metric
 
At June 30, 2012
 
At December 31, 2011
 
Target, Limit or Management Action Trigger at June 30, 2012
MVE
 
$3.5 billion
 
$3.7 billion
 
None
MVE/BVE
 
86%
 
86%
 
None
MVE/Par Stock
 
98%
 
95%
 
100% (target)
Adjusted MVE/Par Stock
 
107%
 
108%
 
100% (limit)
Economic Capital Ratio
 
7.0%
 
7.2%
 
4.0% or lower (limit)
VaR
 
$62.3 million
 
$91.3 million
 
$225.0 million (management action trigger) and $275.0 million (limit)
Duration of Equity
 
+0.2 years
 
+1.1 years
 
+/- 3.5 years (management action trigger) and +/- 4.0 years (limit) lowered from +/- 5.0 years at December 31, 2011
Duration Gap
 
+0.2 months
 
+0.9 months
 
None
Duration Extension Portfolio VaR Limit (1)
 
$3.2 million
 
$5.2 million
 
$125.0 million (limit)
Duration Extension Portfolio Interest Rate Shock
 
Market yields on GSE debt would have to rise by 138 basis points for the management action trigger to be breached and by 188 basis points for the limit to be breached
 
Market yields on GSE debt would have to rise by 68 basis points for the management action trigger to be breached and by 118 basis points for the limit to be breached
 
75 basis points (management action trigger) and 25 basis points (limit)
MPF Portfolio VaR Limit
 
$53.2 million
 
$38.9 million
 
$68.8 million (management action trigger)
Income Simulation based on an instantaneous rise in interest rates of 300 basis points
 
Return on equity falls to 68 basis points above the average yield on three-month LIBOR
 
Return on equity falls to 24 basis points above the average yield on three-month LIBOR
 
Projected return on equity falls below three-month LIBOR over the following 12 month horizon (management action trigger)
_______________________
(1)
This metric is calculated net of any unrealized gain or loss.

As noted in the above table, we remain below our target of 100 percent for the ratio of MVE to Par Stock, principally due to the ongoing market valuation of our private-label MBS below par value.

The following chart displays our MVE to BVE and MVE to Par Stock ratios over the preceding quarters.



104



Certain Market and Interest-Rate Risk Metrics under Potential Interest-Rate Scenarios

The sensitivities of market value of equity and the duration of equity to potential interest-rate scenarios are also metrics we monitor. The following table presents certain market and interest-rate risk metrics under different interest-rate scenarios.

 
 
June 30, 2012
 
 
Down(1) 300
 
Down(1) 200
 
Down(1) 100
 
Base
 
Up 100
 
Up 200
 
Up 300
MVE/BVE
 
89%
 
87%
 
87%
 
86%
 
86%
 
85%
 
82%
MVE/Par Stock
 
101%
 
99%
 
98%
 
98%
 
98%
 
96%
 
94%
Duration of Equity
 
+1.8 years
 
+1.4 years
 
+0.9 years
 
+0.2 years
 
+0.6 years
 
+2.2 years
 
+3.5 years
Return on Equity less LIBOR
 
3%
 
3%
 
3%
 
2%
 
2%
 
1%
 
1%
Net Income percent change from base
 
(12)%
 
(12)%
 
(7)%
 
—%
 
16%
 
28%
 
39%
____________________________
(1) Given the current environment of low interest rates, downward rate shocks are floored as they approach zero, and therefore may not be fully representative of the indicated rate shock.

 
 
December 31, 2011
 
 
Down(1) 300
 
Down(1) 200
 
Down(1) 100
 
Base
 
Up 100
 
Up 200
 
Up 300
MVE/BVE
 
91%
 
89%
 
88%
 
86%
 
86%
 
84%
 
82%
MVE/Par Stock
 
100%
 
98%
 
97%
 
95%
 
95%
 
93%
 
90%
Duration of Equity
 
+2.2 years
 
+1.8 years
 
+0.9 years
 
+1.1 years
 
+1.0 years
 
+2.6 years
 
+4.0 years
Return on Equity less LIBOR
 
2%
 
2%
 
2%
 
1%
 
1%
 
1%
 
1%
Net Income percent change from base
 
(5)%
 
(5)%
 
(1)%
 
—%
 
60%
 
109%
 
151%
____________________________
(1) Given the current environment of low interest rates, downward rate shocks are floored as they approach zero, and therefore may not be fully representative of the indicated rate shock.

VaR at Different Confidence Levels

105



The table below presents the historical simulation VaR estimate as of June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, which represents the estimates of potential reduction to our MVE from potential future changes in interest rates and other market factors. Estimated potential market value loss exposures are expressed as a percentage of the current MVE and are based on historical behavior of interest rates and other market factors over a 120-business-day time horizon.
  
 
 
Value-at-Risk
(Gain) Loss Exposure
 
 
June 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
Confidence Level
 
% of
MVE (1)
 
$ million
 
% of
MVE (1)
 
$ million
50%
 
(0.13
)%
 
$
(4.5
)
 
(0.15
)%
 
$
(5.5
)
75%
 
0.51

 
17.9

 
0.69

 
25.2

95%
 
1.21

 
43.0

 
1.83

 
67.0

99%
 
1.76

 
62.3

 
2.49

 
91.3

_______________________
(1)          Loss exposure is expressed as a percentage of base MVE.

ITEM 4.     CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 
Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our senior management is responsible for establishing and maintaining a system of disclosure controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports filed or submitted under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. Our disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, we recognize that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and our management necessarily is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of controls and procedures.

We have evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, with the participation of the president and chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, our president and chief executive officer and chief financial officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at a reasonable assurance level as of the end of the fiscal quarter covered by this report.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

During the quarter ended June 30, 2012, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

PART II — OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 1. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

On April 20, 2011, we filed a complaint (the original complaint) in the Superior Court Department of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts in Suffolk County, against various securities dealers, underwriters, control persons, issuers/depositors, and credit rating agencies based on our investments in certain private-label MBS issued by 115 securitization trusts for which we originally paid approximately $5.8 billion. Since the original complaint was filed, the defendants filed certain notices of removal to remove the case to the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts. On March 9, 2012, our motion to remand the matter to state court was denied.  

On June 29, 2012, we filed an amended complaint (the amended complaint) in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts against various securities dealers, underwriters, control persons, issuers/depositors, and credit rating agencies based on our investments in certain private-label MBS issued by 111 securitization trusts for which we originally paid

106


approximately $5.7 billion. The amended complaint asserts, as the original complaint had asserted, claims based on untrue or misleading statements in the sale of securities, signing or circulating securities documents that contained material misrepresentations and omissions, negligent misrepresentation, unfair or deceptive trade practices, fraud by the rating agencies, and controlling person liability. We are seeking various forms of relief including rescission, recovery of damages, recovery of purchase consideration plus interest (less income received to date), and recovery of reasonable attorneys' fees and costs of suit.
 
The amended complaint names the following defendants and their affiliates and subsidiaries and defendants under their control or controlled by affiliates or subsidiaries thereof: Ally Financial Inc. (formerly GMAC Inc.) (Ally), Bank of America Corporation; Barclays Capital Inc.; The Bear Stearns Companies LLC; Capital One Financial Corporation; Citigroup, Inc.; Countrywide Financial Corporation; Credit Suisse (USA), Inc.; DB Structured Products, Inc.; DB U.S. Financial Market Holding Corporation; EMC Mortgage Corporation; Fitch; Impac Mortgage Holdings, Inc.; JPMorgan Chase & Co.; The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.; Moody's Corporation; Morgan Stanley; Nomura Holding America, Inc.; RBS Holdings USA Inc.; UBS Americas Inc.; WaMu Capital, Corp.; and Wells Fargo & Company.

The original complaint also named certain individuals due to their association and control over Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. and its affiliates and subsidiaries and entities controlled by Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.'s affiliates and subsidiaries. We have since been able to reach a settlement agreement with those defendants in an amount that is not material to our financial statements.

Since the original complaint was filed, Residential Capital LLC (Rescap), a subsidiary of Ally, has filed for bankruptcy protection and the claims against Rescap in the amended complaint are subject to the bankruptcy proceeding's automatic stay. By agreement in the bankruptcy court, the claims against certain Rescap affiliates are stayed through October 31, 2012.

Bank of America Rhode Island, N.A., which is affiliated with Bank of America Corporation but is not a defendant in the complaint, held approximately 26.8 percent of our capital stock as of June 30, 2012. RBS Citizens N.A., which is affiliated with RBS Holdings USA Inc., but is not a defendant in the complaint, held approximately 13.3 percent of our capital stock as of June 30, 2012.

From time to time, we are subject to various pending legal proceedings arising in the normal course of business. After consultation with legal counsel, we do not anticipate that the ultimate liability, if any, arising out of these matters will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

In addition to the risk factors below and other risks described herein, readers should carefully consider the risk factors set forth in the 2011 Annual Report that could materially impact our business, financial condition, or future results. The risks described below, elsewhere in this report, and in the 2011 Annual Report are not the only risks facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also materially impact us.

CREDIT RISKS

We are subject to credit-risk exposures related to the loans that back our investments. Increased delinquency rates and credit losses beyond those currently expected could adversely impact the yield on or value of those investments.

We invested in private-label MBS until the fourth quarter of 2007. These investments are backed by prime, subprime, and/or Alt-A hybrid and pay-option adjustable-rate mortgage loans. Although we only invested in senior tranches with the highest long-term debt rating when purchasing private-label MBS, many of these securities are projected to sustain credit losses under current assumptions, and have been downgraded by various NRSROs. See Part I — Item 2 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Financial Condition — Investments for a description of our portfolio of investments in these securities.

As described under Item 7 — Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Estimates in the 2011 Annual Report, other-than-temporary-impairment assessment is a subjective and complex determination by management.

High rates of delinquency and increasing loss-severity trends experienced on some of the loans underlying the MBS in our portfolio, as well as challenging macroeconomic factors, such as continuing high unemployment levels and the number of troubled residential mortgage loans, have caused us to use relatively stressful assumptions for other-than-temporary-impairment assessments of private-label MBS. These assumptions resulted in projected future credit losses, thereby causing other-than-

107


temporary impairment losses from certain of these securities. We incurred credit losses of $1.5 million for private-label MBS that we determined were other-than-temporarily impaired for the three months ended June 30, 2012. If macroeconomic trends or collateral credit performance within our private-label MBS portfolio deteriorate further than currently anticipated, or if foreclosure moratoriums by several major mortgage servicers appear likely to adversely impact expected cash flows from impacted securities, even more stressful assumptions, including, but not limited to, lower house prices, higher loan-default rates, and higher loan-loss severities may be used by us in future other-than-temporary impairment assessments. As a possible outcome, we may recognize additional other-than-temporary impairment charges, which could be substantial. For example, as of June 30, 2012, a cash-flow analysis was also performed for each of these securities under a more stressful housing price scenario. The more stressful scenario was based on a housing price forecast that was five percentage points lower at the trough than the base-case scenario followed by a flatter recovery path. Under this more stressful scenario, we are projected to realize an additional $40.0 million in credit losses.

We have also invested in securities issued by HFAs with an amortized cost of $198.5 million as of June 30, 2012. Generally, these securities' cash flows are based on the performance of the underlying loans, although these securities do include credit enhancements as well. Although our policies require that HFA securities must carry a credit rating of double-A (or equivalent) or higher as of the date of purchase, some have since been downgraded and, when applicable, some of the related bond insurers have been downgraded. Further, the fair values of some of our HFA securities have also fallen. Gross unrealized losses on these securities totaled $32.9 million at June 30, 2012. Although we have determined that none of these securities is other-than-temporarily impaired at June 30, 2012, should the underlying loans underperform our projections, we could realize credit losses from these securities.

ITEM 2. UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Not applicable.

ITEM 3. DEFAULTS UPON SENIOR SECURITIES

None

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

ITEM 5.    OTHER INFORMATION

None.

108




ITEM 6.  EXHIBITS

Number
Exhibit Description
10.1
 
2012 Executive Incentive Plan* (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to our Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 11, 2012)


10.2
 
Special Bonus to Earl W. Baucom* (incorporated by reference to Item 5.02 of our Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 11, 2012)

31.1
 
Certification of the president and chief executive officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2
 
Certification of the chief financial officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.1
 
Certification of the president and chief executive officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.2
 
Certification of the chief financial officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
99.1
 
Audit Committee Charter

101.INS
 
XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.LAB
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
101.DEF
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
* Management contract or compensatory plan.



SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
Date
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF BOSTON (Registrant)
August 10, 2012
 
By:
/s/
Edward A. Hjerpe III
 
 
 
 
 
Edward A. Hjerpe III
President and Chief Executive Officer
August 10, 2012
 
By:
/s/
Frank Nitkiewicz
 
 
 
 
 
Frank Nitkiewicz
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer


109